UNIT 1.

LEISURE TIME
Tải trọn bộ tài liệu vui lòng
liên hệ trang
chuyenanhvan.com hoặc Zalo
0388202311
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column.
look group computer future
push textbook move woman
school football drew cartoon
wolf pudding glue neighbourhood
/u:/ /ʊ/

II. Underline the bold words with /ʊ/, and circle the bold words with /u:/.
1. Would you prefer rice or noodles for lunch?
2. There were a lot of people, so we had to push our way through the crowd.
3. Should we add a teaspoon of sugar in this strawberry smoothie?
4. After 2 months of learning, her skill in making wool cardigan has improved a lot.
5. My brother bought me some colourful cushions from his business trip in Liverpool.
6. Jackson is in the hospital because he dropped the cutting tool and hurt his foot.
7. This restaurant has the best pumpkin soup in town, but we are too full to try it.
8. We’re going to spend a few days in the woods to watch the supermoon.

B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR

I. Look at the pictures and write the name of the activities.
knitting messaging playing sport doing DIY hanging out
gardening snowboarding doing puzzles making origami surfing the net

1. ____________________________________ 2. ____________________________________

3. ____________________________________ 4. ____________________________________
 5. ____________________________________ 6. ____________________________________

7. ____________________________________ 8. ____________________________________

9. ____________________________________ 10. ____________________________________

II. Complete the sentences with the words in part I.
1. Susan enjoys ________________, and she grows many different types of flowers.
2. My sister loves ________________, and she made me this sweater.
3. Young people often find that ________________ friends can be very relaxing.
4. Internet addicts spend too much time ________________.
5. ________________ has become very popular with teenagers, especially soccer.
6. Helen fancies ________________ with her friends at weekends.
7. He’s useless at ________________. He can’t even put up a shelf.
8. Trang is fond of ________________ on the daily newspaper.
9. ________________ is one of the best ways to spend a winter vacation.
10. My sister is very good at ________________. She can fold paper into animals, birds, flowers, etc.
III. Put the words into the correct category.
a comedy, a skill, hanging out, going to the park, aerobics, collecting books, the news,
visiting relatives, a book, a language, a poem, judo, chatting, making crafts, the newspaper,
having meals together, gardening, a musical instrument, skating, a drama, visiting museums,
cycling to nearby villages, doing DIY projects, volleyball, messaging friends, a game show
 1. Going to a place
2. Having hobbies
3. Learning something
4. Playing sports
5. Reading
6. Socializing with friends
7. Spending time with family
8. Watching TV
IV. Match two parts of the sentences.
1. My grandmother is fond a. exciting to play that detective game.
2. Many young people are interested b. on trying new recipes for pizzas.
3. Katie is crazy c. of knitting scarves at Christmas.
4. My friend Jamie is really d. doing DIY with his older brother.
5. The chef is keen e. in taking photos of plants and flowers.
6. The tourists would like f. into listening to folk music.
7. Most people have found it g. about doing puzzles these days.
8. The child enjoys h. to go sightseeing the city on a double decker.
V. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
leisure interested satisfied popular addicted social relaxing fun
1. It is very ________________ to lie on the beach, and listen to the sound of the waves.
2. Messaging is one of the most ________________ methods of communication among teenagers.
3. Many teens are hooked on ________________ networks like Facebook, Twitter and Instagram.
4. My hobby is playing basketball. Are you ________________ in learning?
5. He was not ________________ with the camera, so he returned it to the store.
6. Bird-watching is an increasingly popular ________________ activity.
7. Hanging out with friends is ________________. I really enjoy it.
8. Jonathan promised not to get ________________ to online games.
VI. Complete the sentences with the correct form (to-infinitive or -ing form) of the verbs in the box.
Some verbs con be followed by either a to-infinitive or an -ing form.
stay make watch do cycle eat hang out travel get read
1. My brother loves ________________ live football on TV.
2. Do people in your country like ________________ abroad on vacation?
3. Riding a bike is Lan’s pleasure, but she detests ________________ in the rain.
4. Instead, they prefer ________________ at home and watch television.
5. As a child, he hated ________________ books, but now he finds it enjoyable.
6. Minh is in good shape. He enjoys ________________ sport and exercise.
7. She doesn’t like ________________ up early in the morning, especially at the weekend.
8. Emily dislikes ________________ crafts, but she enjoys origami.
9. I fancy ________________ out tonight because I’m too tired to cook.
10. Nancy adores ________________ with her best friend Helen.
VII. Complete the sentences with the to-infinitive or -ing form of the verbs in brackets.
1. I have enjoyed ________________ (meet) you. Hope ________________ (see) you again soon.
2. My father is not keen on coffee. He prefers ________________ (drink) tea.
3. I am a little busy. Would you mind ________________ (wait) a little longer?
4. Mobile games are great, but I don’t like ________________ (play) them for too long.
5. If I can choose, I prefer ________________ (stay) at home to ________________ (play) sports.
6. Tonight I’d like ________________ (go) out, but I have to do my homework.
7. Sue loves ________________ (make) origami. She can fold some animals, birds and flowers.
8. I detested ________________ (spend) two hours every day travelling to work and back.
9. He started ________________ (surf) the net hours ago. Let’s tell him to stop ________________
(surf).
10. I tried hard ________________ (concentrate), but my mind kept ________________ (wander).
VIII. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence.
1. How much time do you spend __________ TV every day?
a. watch b. to watch c. watching d. in watching
2. I'd hate __________ the exams, so I’m doing my best.
a. failing b. to fail c. fail d. failed
3. I always enjoy __________ to my grandfather. He always tells me great stories.
a. to talk b. to talking c. talking d. talk
4. Could you help me __________ the kitchen? It’s a real mess!
a. tidy b. tidied c. tidying d. with tidying
5. Steven dislikes __________, so he usually takes a bus to work.
a. to drive b. to be driven c. be driven d. driving
6. Do you prefer __________ at home or going out on the weekend?
a. relax b. to relax c. relaxing d. on relaxing
7. Marlene can’t wait __________ to the beach again.
a. to go b. going c. for going d. go
8. I really regret __________ this computer - it’s useless.
a. buy b. to buy c. buying d. for buying
9. Your child needs __________ some weight. Tell him __________ less junk food and take more
exercise.
a. to lose – eat b. to lose - to eat c. losing - to eat d. losing – eat
10. I would love __________ to your party! Thank you for inviting me.
a. come b. coming c. to come d. came
IX. Complete the passage with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
Hi Martha,
How are you? Let me tell you about what I usually do in my free time.
When I have free time, I love (1) ______________ (relax) myself. First of all, I enjoy (2)
______________ (watch) TV, especially movies. I like almost all kinds of movies such as action,
comedy, and romance. However, I dislike (3) ______________ (watch) horror movies like zombie
films. I find them scary and I can’t stand (4) ______________ (watch) violent scenes in films. In
addition, I’m into (5) ______________ (listen) to music because it makes me feel comfortable and
relaxed. I am really a big fan of Taylor Swift and some Korean bands. And I also fancy (6)
______________ (hang out) with my friends and (7) ______________ (play) some sports like
badminton and volleyball. Finally, what I like (8) ______________ (do) in my spare time is going on
picnics. I’d love (9) ______________ (go) to the beaches with my family or my friends at weekends. All
in all, these are the activities I prefer (10) ______________ (do) for leisure. What about you?
Bye for now,
Lisa
X. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. I’ve been crazy ______________ this role-playing games recently.
2. She thinks puzzles are good ______________ the brain.
3. I enjoyed hanging out ______________ Sarah when we were kids.
4. Could you help me look ______________ my contact lens?
5. What do you usually do ______________ your leisure time?
6. A lot of kids nowadays have become addicted ______________ surfing the net.
7. My sister loves to do origami ______________ her own in her free time.
8. He spends most of his free time looking ______________ the garden.
9. Today, teenagers rely ______________ technology more than in the past.
10. Surfing the net for too many hours can be harmful ______________ your health.

c. SPEAKING
I. Write questions for the underlined parts.
A: ________________________________________________________________________________?
B: My mother watches Korean dramas every afternoon.
A: ________________________________________________________________________________?
B: They went to the movies yesterday evening.
A: ________________________________________________________________________________?
B: I love hanging out with my best friend Helen.
A: ________________________________________________________________________________?
B: I don’t give my personal information to websites because it’s easy to be stolen.
A: ________________________________________________________________________________?
B: Yes, I’d like to visit the museum with you.
A: ________________________________________________________________________________?
B: Do-it-yourself (DIY) is the most popular pastime in my country.
A: ________________________________________________________________________________?
B: The art of paper folding originated in China.
A: ________________________________________________________________________________?
B: I felt excited when I took part in Lightning Quiz game show.
II. Put the dialogue into the correct order.
___ What types of books do you like most?
___ Well, reading gives me much pleasure and knowledge. Books are a rich source of information,
you know.
___ Yeah, it’s my favourite pastime.
_1_ Hello! Where are you going?
___ Comic books, science fiction novels, story books, etc. I also like to draw and paint in my leisure
time.
___ What an enjoyable pastime you have!
___ Hi! I’m going to the bookstore to buy some books.
___ Nice! You’re so talented!
___ The bookstore? You enjoy reading, don’t you?
___ I spend my leisure time gardening. I have planted many different types of flowers, plants, and
trees in my garden.
___ Thanks. What do you enjoy doing in your spare time?
___ I don’t like reading at all. Why do you like reading?

d. READING
I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.
models by through origami together upstream folding schools
Origami is the Japanese word for paper (1) _______________. ORI means to fold and KAMI
means paper. (2) _______________, they form the word, “origami”. It is an art form that has been
handed down from parent to child (3) _______________many generations. Origami involves the
creation of paper forms usually entirely (4) _______________folding. Animals, birds, fish, geometric
shapes, puppets, toys and masks are among the (5) _______________that even very young children
can learn to make in just one sitting.
In Japan, at one time origami was taught in (6) _______________but today, children are
generally taught origami at home. Holidays are celebrated with colorful (7) _______________
decorations made by the family. On children’s day (formerly boy’s day), children make colorful carp: a
fish that swims (8) _______________, against the current. This symbolizes strength.
II. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks.
The British spend their free time in different ways. People generally use it to relax, but many
people also do voluntary work, especially for charities.
A lot of free time is spent in the home, where the most popular leisure activity is watching
television, the average viewing time being 25 hours per week. Reading is also a favourite way of
spending leisure time. The British spend a lot of time reading newspapers and magazines. In the
summer gardening is popular, and in winter it is often replaced by ‘do-it-yourself’, when people spend
time improving or repairing their homes.
Some leisure activities are mostly or entirely social. Inviting friends for a drink or a meal at
home is the most usual one. Sometimes people join friends for a drink in a pub, or have dinner in a
restaurant.
The extra time available at weekends means that some leisure activities, many of them to do
with sport, normally take place only then. Traditional spectator sports include football, cricket, horse
racing, motor racing and motorcycle racing. Popular forms of exercise are swimming, tennis, ice
skating or roller-skating, cycling, climbing, and hill or country walking.
Families often have a ‘day out’ at the weekend, especially in summer, with a visit to a local
event such as a festival, fair or show. Young people especially go to clubs and discos, while people of
all ages go to the theatre, the cinema, art exhibitions and concerts.
A. Decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F).
1. ___ Many British people use their free time to help people in need.
2. ___ In the summer, the British prefer indoor activities.
3. ___ All free time activities are individual activities.
4. ___ Sometimes people go with their friends to a pub or restaurant.
5. ___ Most British people watch or do sports at the weekend.
6. ___ British young people don’t like going to the movies.
B. Answer the questions.
1. What’s the most popular free time activity in the UK?
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. How many hours a week do the British watch TV?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. In winter, what do the British often do in their spare time?
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. Which sports do many British people enjoy watching?
___________________________________________________________________________________

e. WRITING
I. Write sentences with the cues given.
1. Mai/ usually/ listen/ K-pop music/ free time.
 ________________________________________________________________________________
2. when/I/ be/ a child/I/ enjoy/ play/ computer games.
 ________________________________________________________________________________
3. my father/ spend/ most/ spare time/ look after/ the garden.
 ________________________________________________________________________________
4. watching TV/ most/ popular/ leisure activity/ Britain?
 ________________________________________________________________________________
5. many teenagers/ addicted/ the Internet/ computer games.
 ________________________________________________________________________________
6. she/ not be/ interested/ watch/ that drama/ the life of doctors.
 ________________________________________________________________________________
7. most/ my friends/ prefer/ play sports/ to/ surf the net.
 ________________________________________________________________________________
8. Jamie/ be/ keen/ play sport/ and he/ usually spend/ his free time/ play basketball/ his friends.
 ________________________________________________________________________________
II. Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.
1. I like doing puzzles alone more than playing basketball with friends.
 I prefer
2. She likes to hang out with friends on Saturday evening.
 She’s interested
3. I like cooking, making crafts, reading, and surfing the net in my free time.
 My leisure activities
4. Could you help me with this box?
 Would you mind
5. DIY skills aren’t as hard to learn as I think.
 DIY skills are
6. Who will take care of the garden while you are away?
 Who will look
7. How about going window-shopping this afternoon?
 Shall
8. What leisure activity do you like most?
 What’s
TEST FOR UNIT 1
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. soup b. school c. cartoon d. football
2. a. crazy b. favourite c. fancy d. game
3. a. leisure b. sure c. shopping d. socialise
4. a. knit b. kit c. origami d. prize
5. a. satisfied b. hooked c. bored d. socialised
II. Choose the odd one out.
1. a. socializing b. communicating c. hanging out d. snowboarding
2. a. saving money b. collecting stamps c. making origami d. doing DIY
3. a. fond b. keen c. relax d. crazy
4. a. fancy b. love c. detest d. enjoy
5. a. magazine b. mobile game c. newspaper d. book
6. a. interested b. crazy c. keen d. surprised
III. Underline the correct answer.
1. How much time a day do you spend surfing / doing the Web?
2. One of Jesse’s favourite free / leisure activities is swimming.
3. Playing sports helps you stay in shape / touch.
4. Most teenagers prefer messaging / visiting their friends to seeing them in person.
5. She enjoys making friends / crafts. She has a collection of handmade items.
6. They love reading comics / fairy tales such as Doraemon and Naruto.
7. Would you mind / like closing the window? It’s cold.
8. My son’s crazy / addicted to computer games - he hardly ever comes out of his room.
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. How much time do you spend ________ leisure acivities?
a. on b. in c. for d. with
2. Why don’t you buy your sister a DIY kit? She seems fond ________ it.
a. on b. in c. at d. of
3. Many young people don’t ________ walking to school or playing active games.
a. prefer b. enjoy c. suggest d. want
4. Daisy isn’t ________ social media. She doesn’t even have a Facebook account.
a. tired of b. bored with c. interested in d. angry at
5. My brother always looks for easy recipes ________ he isn’t very good at cooking.
a. because b. although c. when d. as long as
6. On YouTube you can find many videos on ________ all aspects of your English.
a. surfing b. working c. taking d. improving
7. This origami crane looks nice. ________ taught you to make it?
a. Which b. Who c. What d. Whose
8. My sister is into ________. She goes to famous ski resorts every winter.
a. knitting b. cooking c. snowboarding d. exercising
9. Practising yoga helps improve muscle strength and ________ stress.
a. increase b. reduce c. create d. delete
10. ‘My favourite leisure activity is people watching.’ - ‘________’
a. That sounds so weird! b. That’s all right.
c. OK. That’s what you’ve chosen. d. Sure. It’s very entertaining.
V. Choose the underlined part, A, B, c or D that needs correcting.
1. Having leisure activities are truly important to the elderly.
A. Having B. are C. to D. elderly
2. Although she wanted to go to the museum, she decided staying at home.
A. Although B. wanted to go C. decided D. staying
3. Parents are concerned that their kids may be spending too many time on screens.
A. concerned B. spending C. too many D. on screens
4. Collecting coins is exciting, but it can also be relaxed.
A. Collecting B. is C. exciting D. relaxed
5. Cloud watch sounds weird, but Hang adores it.
A. Cloud watch B. sounds C. but D. it
6. For some young people, enjoyment involves sitting in front a computer playing games.
A. For some B. involves sitting C. in front D. playing games
7. He has to visit that bakery every Sunday, he’s crazy of its garlic bread.
A. visit B. every Sunday C. of D. its
8. Christina is not fond of doing crosswords because she is a very patient person.
A. of B. doing C. because D. patient
VI. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. At present, the social networks ____________________ (become) more popular among young
generation.
2. What leisure activities ____________________ (Sue/ usually/ do) with her friends?
3. When I was a student, I ____________________ (not like) doing homework.
4. Mark Zuckerberg and Eduardo Saverin ____________________ (found) Facebook in 2004.
5. The American ____________________ (spend) 34 hours a week watching television.
6. Look! This young girl ____________________ (fold) a lot of origami cranes.
7. I’ve just bought a new video game. I ____________________ (play) it tonight.
8. I wasn’t too keen on ____________________ (play) tennis two years ago.
9. What sports would you like ____________________ (try) in the future?
10. Many teenagers prefer ____________________ (watch) TV to ____________________ (read)
books.
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. The Internet is very ____________________; it takes up a lot of our time. (addict)
2. I enjoy ____________________ with friends and going out at the weekend. (social)
3. There’s a ____________________ between some online games and violent behaviours.(connect)
4. Are you ____________________ in the new Gears Of War games? (interest)
5. She listens to classical music for ____________________. (relax)
6. I’m really into watching films, ____________________ science fiction. (especial)
7. Exercises will help you increase muscle ____________________. (strong)
8. Face to face ____________________ is better than video calls. (communicate)
VIII. Match the questions to the answers.
1. What do you enjoy doing in your spare time? a. I don’t know ... doing sport or playing a musical
instrument.
2. How much time do you have each week for b. I want to improve my speaking skill.
socialising with friends?
3. What do you think is the best leisure activity c. I prefer to spend my free time with my family
for teens? and friends.
4. Why do you join English club? d. I’m not sure. I might watch a video at home.
5. Do you prefer to spend your free time alone e. For relaxation, I prefer listening to soft music.
 or with other people?
6. What do you do to relax yourself? f. Every day to get Facebook updates from friends
and family.
7. How often do you use social media? g. About five hours or fewer.
8. Do you have any plans for next weekend? h. I love reading and spend as much time as I can
doing that.
IX. Choose the word or phrase which best fits each gap.
My favourite (1) _____________ now is to learn new TikTok dance and trends. You might be
cringy right now but trust me it is super addictive. To be very fair, when I first downloaded TikTok, I
had no idea (2) _____________ to use that app, or sometimes I would wonder to myself “how did
he/she learn the dance move?” Then came that day when I actually tried one of the dance moves, and
I never stopped from (3) _____________ on. I think it is partly because on TikTok it is easier for
people to “notice” you in a way. When I first posted my video, I did not check it (4) _____________
the next few days and when I did I was in shock because I had 3k views but only 10 followers. That
was what kept me (5) _____________ to post more and more every day. I also do it because I feel like
it is really fun and it (6) _____________ me happy whenever I do, it feels like I am just running away
(7) _____________ my stress for a moment. Till today, one of the most viewed TikTok videos that I
posted has 85k views and it low-key makes me feel (8) _____________. TikTok has really occupied my
free time these past few months.
1. a. action b. hobby c. leisure d. skill
2. a. how b. when c. what d. who
3. a. now b. time c. that d. then
4. a. on b. in c. until d. during
5. a. motivated b. crazy c. amused d. exciting
6. a. seems b. brings c. finds d. makes
7. a. for b. from c. with d. off
8. a. pride b. prided c. proud d. proudly
X. Read the passage carefully, then choose the correct answers.
The latest addiction to trap thousands of people is the Internet, which has been blamed for
broken relationships, job losses, financial ruin, and even suicide. Psychologists now recognize Internet
Addiction Syndrome (IAS) as a new illness that could cause serious problems and ruin many lives. IAS
is similar to other problems like gambling, smoking and drinking: addicts have dreams about the
Internet; they need to use it first thing in the morning; they lie to their parents and partners about
how much time they spent online; they wish they could cut down, but are unable to do so. A recent
study found that many users spend up to 40 hours a week on the Internet.
Almost anyone can be at risk. Some of the addicts are teenagers who are already hooked on
computer games and who find it very difficult to resist the games on the Internet. Surprisingly,
however, psychologists say that most victims are middle-aged housewives who have never used a
computer before.
1. The passage mainly talks about _____________.
a. the advantage of the Internet b. the Internet addiction
c. the impact of the Internet on teens d. the Internet revolution
2. According to the writer, internet addiction _____________.
a. is not the same as gambling b. is most common among young people
c. can lead to financial problems d. causes no harm to life
3. Internet addicts find it impossible _____________.
a. to surf the Internet in the morning
b. to lie about the time they use the Internet
c. to be hooked on the Internet
d. to cut down on their time spent online
4. The idiom ‘at risk’ in paragraph 2 means _____________.
a. in danger b. in advance c. in common d. for certain
5. Which of the followings is NOT true?
a. IAS is recognised as a new illness.
b. Internet addiction can cause suicide behaviours.
c. Many internet addicts spend more than 40 hours a week online.
d. Teenagers who are hooked on computer games can suffer from IAS.
XI. Write a short paragraph about your favourite leisure activity.
* What do you enjoy doing in your leisure time?
* What is your favourite leisure activity?
* Why do you enjoy doing it?
* How did you start doing it at first?
* How often do you practise it?
* Who do you often practise it with?
* Do your Mum/ Dad/ friend(s) also like it?
* What free-time activities would you like to try in the future?
 UNIT 2.
LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE
A. PHONETICS
I. Say the words aloud, then circle the correct sound.
1. province /ə/ - /ɪ/ 2. activity /ə/ - /ɪ/
3. separate /ə/ - /ɪ/ 4. harvest /ə/ - /ɪ/
5. cottage /ə/ - /ɪ/ 6. hospitable /ə/ - /ɪ/
7. traditional /ə/ - /ɪ/ 8. village /ə/ - /ɪ/
9. holiday /ə/ - /ɪ/ 10. children /ə/ - /ɪ/
11. busy /ə/ - /ɪ/ 12. picturesque /ə/ - /ɪ/
II. Put the underlined words into the correct columns.
1. There aren’t many houses with gardens in big cities.
2. My grandmother likes collecting recipes for desserts from around the world.
3. The explorers are looking for an oasis among this vast desert.
4. The pagoda is situated on the top of the mountain.
5. We mainly cultivate some fresh vegetables for our daily meals.
6. This historical town is famous for its many canals.
7. The security guard observed every visitor and pointed out the thief.
8. The children were excited to go on a field trip to an ancient castle.
/ə/ /ɪ/

B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR

I. Match the word or phrase with its definition.
 1. combine harvester chickens, ducks and geese that are kept for meat or eggs
2. harvest time a long passage dug into the ground and filled with water made for boats to
travel along, or to bring water to a place
3. paddy field a large machine that cuts the crop and separates the grains
4. cattle a plant that is grown in large quantities, especially as food
5. canal cows and bulls that are kept as farm animals
6. poultry a type of food or product that a place is famous for
7. crop a flooded field where rice is grown
8. speciality the time of year when crops are cut and collected from the fields
9. orchard The natural features of an area, such as mountains, valleys, rivers and forests
10. scenery an area of land where people grow fruit treeS
II. Complete the sentences with the words in port I. Use the plural form if necessary.
1. Rice is the most important __________________ in Mekong Delta.
2. We visited Venice last year, and had a boat ride on the Grand __________________.
3. The __________________ makes harvesting easy and saves a lot of time and effort.
4. My grandfather is raising some __________________ in his garden to collect eggs.
5. Farmers plant rice on their __________________ in the village.
6. Visitors to Nha Trang can enjoy various famous __________________, such as rice pancakes, grilled
pork rolls, grilled fish noodles, etc.
7. A boy was driving the herd of __________________ to the pasture.
8. It is __________________, and all the farmers are very busy.
9. Let’s walk along the river and enjoy the beautiful __________________.
10. We picked baskets of pears from the pear __________________.
III. Complete the sentences with the adjectives from the box.
enjoyable peaceful hospitable quiet inconvenient
fresh traditional exciting vast well-trained picturesque
1. I think life in the city is more __________________ than life in the countryside.
2. It was very __________________ there; you could just hear the wind moving in the trees.
3. I love the __________________ open spaces and the __________________ air in the countryside.
4. The villagers often find it __________________ to get into town due to the lack of public transport.
5. Most of the people I met in the town were very kind and __________________.
6. They lived in a wine-growing village in a(n) __________________ landscape of small hills.
7. Mai and her friends had a(n) __________________ day out in the countryside.
8. The most popular __________________ games in Vietnam are Dragon and Snake, Cat and Mouse,
Hide and Seek.
9. The school employed __________________ teachers to cultivate the talents.
10. Life in the countryside is more __________________ and healthier.
IV. Choose the correct word to complete the sentence.
1. After harvesting, drying __________________ is the most crucial step. (plant / rice)
2. In this summer camp, kids can learn how to __________________ fish. (catch / pick)
3. The children are helping __________________ bags of rice from the truck, (load / unload)
4. My parents raise about 50 pigs and they have to __________________ them every day. (feed /
collect)
5. Do farmers use advanced technology to __________________ the paddy fields? (dry / plough)
6. Did you __________________ the buffaloes during your vacation in the countryside? (herd / move)
7. __________________ the cow also requires technique and tenderness. (Watching / Milking)
8. The best part of our trip to Da Lat was __________________ the strawberries, (picking / cutting)
9. The villagers mainly __________________ rice and raise cattle. (cultivate / harvest)
10. __________________ is the process of gathering a ripe crop from the fields. (Cultivating /
Harvesting)
V. Underline the correct form of the word.
1. We’ve all been working very hard / hardly and now we’re tired.
2. Our school Internet connection is really slow / slowly.
3. What’s the matter with him? He looks angry / angrily.
4. The children are playing quiet / quietly in the garden.
5. Rural areas are common / commonly known as the countryside or villages.
6. Everyone is stuck inside because it is raining very heavy / heavily outside.
7. I enjoy the fresh air and the bright / brightly sunshine at the beach.
8. We all find living in the city very stressful / stressfully.
9. Don’t talk so fast / fastly - I can’t understand what you’re saying.
10. John was a kindly and generous / generously man.
VI. Complete the dialogue with the compararive form of the adjectives in brackets.
David: How do you like living in the big city?
Maria: There are many things that are (1) __________________ (good) than living in the country!
David: Can you give me some examples?
Maria: Well, it certainly is (2) __________________ (interesting) than the country. There is so much
more to do and see!
David: Yes, but the city is (3) __________________ (dangerous) than the country.
Maria: That’s true. People in the countryside are (4) __________________ (friendly) than those in the
city.
David: I’m sure that the country is (5) __________________ (relaxed), too!
Maria: Yes, the city is (6) __________________ (busy) than the country. However, the country is
much (7) __________________ (slow) than the city.
David: I think that’s a good thing!
Maria: The country is so slow and boring! It’s much (8) __________________ (boring) than the city.
David: Life in the country is a lot (9) __________________ (healthy) than in the city, I think.
Maria: Sure, it’s (10) __________________ (clean) too. But, the city is so much (11)
__________________ (exciting).
VII. Complete the sentences with the comparative form of adverbs in the box. Add ‘than’ where
necessary.
carefully hard quietly slowly healthily well badly clearly far fast
1. The teacher spoke __________________ to help us to understand.
2. She answered all the questions __________________ the other students and she got a very good
mark.
3. The Spanish athlete ran __________________ the other runners, so he won the race.
4. There aren’t many birds here, let’s go __________________ into the forest.
5. This street is crowded and narrow. Couldn’t you drive a bit __________________?
6. These days we are eating __________________ ever before.
7. I did __________________ on the test than Mark did. He got an A+ and I just got an A.
8. The teacher can’t read your handwriting. You have to write __________________.
9. Does more money make you work __________________?
10. You’re talking so loudly. Could you speak a bit __________________, please?
VIII. Underline the correct words or phrases.
1. Cattle usually cross over the road. You should drive more careful / more carefully.
2. Life in some parts of the country is boring / more boring than that in other parts.
3. The old usually get up earlier / more early than the young.
4. An ox doesn’t plough weller / better than a buffalo.
5. These 7 thinking habits will help you become more confident / more confidently.
6. Don’t worry. The river is not as deep / deeper as it looks.
7. After a hard working day, you may sleep soundlier / more soundly than usual.
8. My father has been much healthier / more healthy since he stopped smoking.
9. The air in the mountainous zones is more fresh / fresher than that in the cities.
10. I can’t understand. Would you ask him to speak clearlier / more clearly?
IX. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Some people think that health is __________________ than money. (important)
2. The pollution in our city is much __________________ than it used to be. (bad)
3. My new teacher explained the lessons __________________ than my old teacher. (clear)
4. He doesn’t play volleyball as __________________ as his brother. (good)
5. Get rid of the sorrow! You will do it __________________ next time. (good)
6. Communication is a lot __________________ than it was 50 years ago. (easy)
7. People in rural areas wear __________________ than those in cities. (simple)
8. Robert arrived at the meeting __________________ than Francis. (late)
9. These trousers are too wide. Do you have any that are __________________? (narrow)
10. My mother always gets up __________________ than everybody else in the house. (early)
11. Rene speaks __________________ than the other ESL students in the class. (fluent)
12. Can’t you think of anything __________________ to say? (intelligent)
13. I think his new book is much __________________ than his last one. (boring)
14. Max finished the homework __________________ than anyone else in the class. (fast)
15. He doesn’t look as __________________ as he used to. (happy)
X. Fill in each blank with an appropriate preposition.
1. The farmers loaded the rice straw _______ a big truck.
2. The villagers were harvesting rice _______ a combine harvester.
3. He joined the boys _______ herding the buffaloes.
4. Would you like to visit the countryside _______ harvest time?
5. Visitors can reach the village _______ air or ferry.
6. The village is full _______ fascinating sights, such as traditional houses, museums, etc.
7. How was you trip to the beach? You look great _______ a tan.
8. That machine is used to separate the grains _______ the rest of the plant.
9. My father used to live _______ a farm when he was younger.
10. Last summer holiday I went _______ a trip _______ the countryside.

c. SPEAKING
I. Match the questions with the answers.
1. What is your hometown, Michele? a. I usually played outside with my friends. Sometimes we
went into the city to go shopping or see a movie.
2. How big is the town? b. Actually I find it exciting to live in the city, but it’s so
crowded and the people aren’t friendly.
3. What is the town’s population? c. It’s pretty small, just about 1.86 sq mi.
4. Did you like your hometown? d. Ten years ago.
5. What did you usually do for fun? e. I lived in a small town called Beaverton.
6. How often did you go to the city? f. About three thousand people I think.
7. When did you move to the city? g. When I was little I liked it, but when I got older I found it
pretty boring being in such a small town.
8. Do you prefer city or country life? h. Twice or three times a month.
II. Complete the conversation with the sentences from the box.
Sounds great! I wish I could join...
Hi Thong. It's Tony. How is your stay there?
Two hours? Wow! It must be fun.
I'm so envious of you! I wish I could try that too.
But where can you fly kites?
Really? What did you do yesterday?
You have a lot of new friends there, don't you?
Wow! Who did you go swimming with?
Thang: Thang speaking.
Tony: (1) __________________________________________________________________________
Thang: Hi Tony! It’s very exciting here. I’m having a wonderful time.
Tony: (2) __________________________________________________________________________
Thang: Lots of interesting things. Yesterday we went swimming in a river.
Tony: (3) __________________________________________________________________________
Thang: My cousins and their friends. We played and swam for 2 hours.
Tony: (4) __________________________________________________________________________
Thang: Yeah. And today I’m going to herd the buffaloes with them.
Tony: (5) __________________________________________________________________________
Thang: Tomorrow afternoon we’re going to fly kites together. It’s even more exciting, I think.
Tony: Sure. (6) _____________________________________________________________________
Thang: Yes. I made friends with many local boys. They’re very friendly.
Tony: (7) __________________________________________________________________________
Thang: There are lots of open fields nearby. They’re great places to fly a kite.
Tony: (8) __________________________________________________________________________
Thang: Well, I wish you were here Tony.

d. READING
I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.
outdoor around peaceful conclusion boring isolated possible polluted
Nowadays, some people choose to live and work in the countryside. New ways of working,
such as online working, have made it (1) ________________ for more people to live there. There are
both advantages and disadvantages to living in the countryside.
On the one hand, life in the countryside is very (2) ________________. There are less cars and
that means that there is less noise, and that it is less (3) ________________. Furthermore, there is
more land available in the countryside, and people can often live in bigger houses or flats than in
cities. Finally, it is easier to do a lot of (4) ________________ activities such as walking or cycling if
you live in the countryside. On the other hand, life in the countryside can be (5) ________________.
There are fewer restaurants, cinemas and shops to go to. Moreover, there is little public transport,
which makes it difficult to get (6) ________________ if you don’t have a car. Finally, you can feel (7)
________________ if you live a long way from other people.
 In (8) ________________, there are both pros and cons to living in the countryside. However,
in my opinion, the peacefulness of the countryside makes it a very attractive option.
II. Read the text carefully, then answer the questions.
Many people enjoy living in a big city because they think life is more exciting there. However, I
come from a small village and in my view, there are lots of benefits. The main reason I prefer village
life is because it’s very quiet, so I always feel calm when I’m here. Another reason is that the air is so
fresh and clean. We have more green spaces and bigger gardens, too. In addition, I think the people
here are friendlier. Personally, I’m interested in wildlife photography, so the countryside is perfect for
me.
The only downside is transport. I have an early start for a long journey to school in Faro and
the school bus is always stopping to pick up more people. Also, it’s boring sometimes, but I enjoy
chatting to my friends. Fortunately, I’m learning to ride a moped. On balance, I disagree that city life is
better, as I think my village lifestyle is healthier and more relaxing. In spite of that, some of my friends
couldn’t cope with life in the country, so it comes down to personal opinion.
1. Where does the writer come from?
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. Does he like living in a big city?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. Why does he prefer village life?
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. How does he think about the people in his village?
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. What is he interested in?
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. According to the writer, what is the disadvantage of living in the village?
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. How does he go to school?
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. Does he think city life is better than village life?
___________________________________________________________________________________
e. WRITING
I. Reorder the words to make sentences.
1. say that/ Some people/ it’s/ children/ in the city/ for/ to grow up/ better/ than in the countryside
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. the atmosphere/ more/ Is/ in the countryside/ peaceful/ much/ than in the city?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. because/ the air/ People/ living/ clean and fresh/ the villages/ enjoy/ is/ in
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. We/ onto / load/ helped/ two big trucks/ the farmers/ the rice
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. the countryside/ less modern/ in/ Life/ today/ ten years/ than/ ago/ it/ was/ is
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. In the countryside/ children/ in the city/ play/ freely/ than/ more
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. the village/ windmills and houses/ come to/ its/ Many visitors/ because of/ historic
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. their parents/ pick/ The children/ herd/ fruit/ sometimes/ and/ help/ cattle
___________________________________________________________________________________
II. Write a comparative sentence using the information and the word in brackets.
1. The average rainfall in Arica, Chile is 0.76mm per year. The average rainfall in the Libyan Sahara
Desert is less than 15mm per year. (dry)
 Arica, Chile
2. Henry arrived at the meeting at 7 o’clock. I arrived at 6.45. (soon)
I
3. It costs 100 million dong to build a concrete bridge, but only 50 million dong to build a steel bridge.
(expensive)
 Building a concrete bridge
4. It takes Linh 45 minutes to load hay onto the cart, but his father needs only 30 minutes. (slowly)
 Linh
5. His house yard is about 100 square meters while your house yard is about 50 square meters. (large)
 His house yard
6. A horse can run 80km/h while a dog can run 50km/h. (fast)
 A horse
7. I do yoga three times a week, but my sister does it almost every day. (frequently)
 My sister
8. The Australian athlete jumped 8.78m. The American athlete jumped 8.59m. (far)
 The Australian athlete
9. Red River is 1.149 km long. Mekong River is 4.350km long. (long)
 Mekong River
10. It was very difficult to travel to the town 5 years ago. Now people can drive a car or take a bus to
the town. (easily)
 People can travel
TEST FOR UNIT 2
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. ride b. excite c. ridden d. kite
2. a. harvest b. vast c. brave d. farm
3. a. cattle b. city c. country d. collect
4. a. generous b. great c. grassland d. guess
5. a. worked b. watched c. relaxed d. crowded
II. Complete the passage with the comparative form of the adjectives in brackets.
Is life better now than it was in the past? Of course in many ways life is (1) ________________
(easy) now. We live in the world which is (2) ________________ (clean) and safer. It is generally (3)
________________ (healthy) as well, and because of improvements in medical care, both men and
women can expect to live (4) ________________ (long) lives. Our day-to-day existence is (5)
________________ (comfortable), but are we (6) ________________ (happy)?
The rhythm of life is faster, and (7) ________________ (stressful). People are always in a
hurry. In the end it is hard to say things were (8) ________________ (good) or (9) ________________
(bad) than before. As the saying goes ‘the grass is always (10) ________________ (green) on the
other side of the fence’.
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. The villagers were all tired after a long hard-working day ___________ the farm.
a. of b. with c. for d. on
2. ___________ did the Mitchells spend their summer holiday, Paris or Rome?
a. What b. Where c. Which d. When
3. I think country life is so boring and ___________ because you’re not close to shops and services.
a. unhealthy b. inconvenient c. comfortable d. peaceful
4. On the farm, uncle Duong showed us how to ___________ cucumbers.
a. plough b. produce c. pick d. put up
5. People come to this region to see the beautiful fields ___________ long distances.
a. stretching b. to stretch c. stretched d. being stretched
6. On the side of the road, a herd boy was herding ___________.
a. kites b. hay c. cattle d. blackberries
7. The combine harvester helps farmers complete work ___________ usual.
a. faster than b. faster c. more fast than d. fast
8. Does your new stereo play music ___________ than your old one did?
a. more loud b. more loudly c. loudlier d. more louder
9. ___________ sightseeing, visitors can also go kayaking when visiting Ha Long Bay.
a. Therefore b. However c. Besides d. Although
10. ‘Children in my village often fly their kites in dry rice fields? - ‘___________’
a. They look great! b. I’m glad you like it.
c. Exactly what I want. d. How interesting!
IV. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. Farzana did poor on her algebra quiz because she couldn’t concentrate well.
A. did B. poor C. because D. well
2. The test was more difficult than I expected. I could finish it at least 20 minutes early.
A. more B. than I expected C. could D. at least
3. Although the island has no clean water and electric, it attracts lots of tourists.
A. Although B. no C. electric D. tourists
4. The bees can easy sting anyone coming close to their beehives.
A. easy B. anyone C. close to D. beehives
5. I love farm work, such as digging holes, sowing seeds and I pick fruit.
A. farm work B. digging holes C. sowing seeds D. pick fruit
6. She is boring with the silent surroundings because she used to live in a big city.
A. boring with B. surroundings C. used D. live
7. Life in the countryside is much peaceful and the life is also slower.
A. Life B. much C. the life D. slower
8. Children in this village learn herding cattle when they are very small.
A. Children B. herding C. when D. small
V. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. We __________________ (play) football this afternoon. Do you want to play too?
2. Could you meet me at the airport tomorrow? My flight __________________ (arrive) at six.
3. Last summer, my friends and I __________________ (spend) our holiday on a farm.
4. __________________ (Nick/ ride) a buffalo drawn cart when he visited your home town?
5. The cattle __________________ (graze) on the green pastures right now.
6. Some farmers __________________ (work) in the rice field when I walked there.
7. My family __________________ (live) in a small town for ten years before moving to Boston.
8. Country life __________________ (not excite) me at all. It’s so boring.
9. Nick would like __________________ (visit) the countryside at harvest time.
10. I don’t mind ______________ (drive) for 1.5 hours on the weekend to get out to the countryside.
VI. Write the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. People seem to have lost their __________________ in boating on small rivers. (enjoy)
2. More and more __________________ are leaving the countryside to city. (farm)
3. A town has a __________________ population than a village does. (large)
4. Sylvia likes the __________________ atmosphere during her stay in the valley. (peace)
5. Are the houses in your home town __________________ by green trees? (surround)
6. Visually the house is very pleasing, but it’s __________________. (comfort)
7. It is true that the city can provide much __________________. (convenient)
8. Agricultural work is __________________ seen as a male occupation. (tradition)
9. London is very __________________, especially in summer. (crowd)
10. Rice __________________ is well-suited to countries with high rainfall. (cultivate)
VII. Match the questions with the answers.
1. Which is better, city life or rural life? a. Yes, there are some.
2. From whom did you learn to make kites? b. At harvest time.
3. Where can you fly a kite in your village? c. My father.
4. Why do you store the hay? d. Its peacefulness.
5. Do you think country people are friendlier? e. Both have pros and cons.
6. When would you like to visit the countryside? f. To feed our cattle.
7. Are there any street markets in your home town? g. In dry paddy fields.
8. What do you love most about the countryside? h. Yes. They’re also happier.
VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
Although the city seems to have a lot of great things, the country can offer as (1) ___________
satisfaction as well. The country is a marvelous place to live in. It offers a very relaxing feeling, and it is
filled (2) ___________ magnificent views and scenery. Rural towns offer more open space than cities
and aren’t overcrowded. The country can also maybe help you become a more independent and (3)
___________ person. You can buy a small piece of land, plough it and put some (4) ___________ in
order to grow your own vegetables. This way you (5) ___________ your own crops, and eat and live in
a very healthy way. (6) ___________, being in the countryside makes you more of an outdoor person
who often enjoy the voices and wild places of nature. Not everyone is (7) ___________ to the city life
and not everyone has the desire to live permanently in the countryside. It is a matter of perspective
and personal point of (8) ___________.
1. a. most b. more c. much d. many
2. a. in b. out c. up d. with
3. a. active b. idle c. passive d. quiet
4. a. weeds b. seeds c. breeds d. branches
5. a. collect b. damage c. complete d. rotate
6. a. By contrast b. However c. Therefore d. In addition
7. a. interested b. bored c. suited d. excited
8. a. care b. view c. contact d. way
IX. Read the text carefully, then choose the correct answers.
My name is Jane and I live in a small town called Snow Owl. It took its name from the fact that
there are a lot of snow owls on the mountain and forest.
Snow Owl is located on the northern part of the country, established on the base of Sky
Mountain and surrounded by the Dark Forest. Even though the name sounds scary, it is actually very
beautiful and nice. A wonderful river comes down from the mountain and passes through the town,
splitting it into two. If you ever visit my hometown, beware of the wolves; especially if you are in the
part that is near the mountain.
People are really kind and care about each other. We always try to find ways to help each
other. However, on the downside everybody knows everything about everybody and if you want to
hide, it is extremely difficult.
The town itself doesn’t have a lot of sights to visit. A big historic library from the 1800’s, still
functional, is standing in the middle of the village, next to the Town Hall. There are also two bridges
that connect the town. The one on the south is the oldest and most beautiful. I sometimes go and sit
by the river just to admire it. For entertainment we have the old theatre, some coffee shops and
restaurants. Younger people prefer to visit neighboring towns and cities since it gives them more
choices of entertainment.
 My hometown is one of the greatest in the world and I wouldn’t trade it for anything.
(https://www. englishwithgeorge.com/myhometown)

1. The town is called Snow Owl because ___________.

a. it is covered in snow for most of the year
b. there are a lot of owls living on the mountain
c. it is surrounded by snowy mountains
d. many snow owls can be found in the town
2. Snow Owl is ___________ Sky Mountain and surrounded by the Dark Forest.
a. on b. between c. next to d. under
3. Jane describes people of the town as ___________.
a. kind and helpful b. nice and hospitable
c. friendly and careful d. generous and kind
4. What is one of the disadvantages living in Snow Owl?
a. That everyone comes together when the community needs help.
b. That everybody knows each other, so it is hard to find a place to hide.
c. That everyone is very supportive and it is easy to build relationships.
d. That everybody knows everybody and it is no easy to have privacy.
5. What is the oldest sight the town has?
a. The Town Hall b. The two bridges c. The library d. The village
6. Which of the followings is NOT true?
a. A river comes from the mountain and divides the town into two.
b. There are dangerous animals near the town.
c. Young people like the entertainment the town provides.
d. Jane thinks that her hometown is the greatest place to live in the world.
X. Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. Use the words in
brackets.
1. This supermarket isn’t as expensive as the one across the street. (less)
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. The listening test isn’t as easy as the reading test. (much)
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. My doctor advised me not to eat in front of the television. (said)
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. You won’t pass the exam unless you study harder. (if)
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. Hanoi urban districts are noisier than its suburban areas. (as)
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. Why don’t we go to uncle Huan’s farm this weekend? (going)
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. Sarah found it difficult to learn to read in Japanese. (difficulty)
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. The book was so complicated that we couldn’t understand it. (too)
___________________________________________________________________________________
9. Sandy now doesn’t study so diligently as she did in the past. (more)
___________________________________________________________________________________
10. He has no interest in living and working in the countryside. (interested)
___________________________________________________________________________________
 UNIT 3.
TEENAGERS
A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct columns.
poor noisy joy security
destroy annoy curious hour
during coin pure toy
tourist furious enjoyable point
/ʊə/ /ɔɪ/

II. Underline the bold words with /ʊə/, and circle the bold words with /ɔɪ/.
1. The boys are talking excitedly about the tennis tournament.
2. Did all the visitors choose to join the museum tour?
3. The environmenal club always tries to avoid using too much power.
4. I couldn’t hear the singer’s voice because people kept yelling during the concert.
5. Jonathan isn’t very mature, and he can be really annoying sometimes.
6. Do you find arranging flowers boring or enjoyable?
7. Are you sure that you have made the right choice?
8. They ensured that they would arrive on time for the appointment.

B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR

I. Match the word or phrase with Its definition.
1. forum a. an automated message sent by an app to inform the user of a new message,
update, etc.
2. pressure b. an activity that involves making things skillfully with your hands.
3. craft c. websites and computer programs that allow people to communicate and share
 information on the Internet
4. expectation d. an arrangement in which a person uses the Internet, email services, social
media, etc. of a particular company
5. notification e. the use of strength or power to frighten or hurt weaker people
6. account f. work that students have to do at school or for school
7. schoolwork g. feelings of worry caused by the problems in somebody’s life.
8. bullying h. a short piece of writing on a particular subject
9. essay i. a strong belief about the proper way someone should behave or something
should happen
10. social media j. a website or web page where users can post comments and have discussions
II. Complete the sentences with the words in part I. Use the plural form if necessary.
1. High __________________ from parents can put kids under pressure.
2. Instead of using paper and pen students now have their own laptops to do their ____________ on.
3. Why don’t we create a(n) __________________ on Facebook to share our ideas and opinions?
4. __________________ in school is the most common type of violence among students.
5. You will get a(n) __________________ when someone likes or comments on your post.
6. Students can feel __________________ from their parents to achieve higher grades and academic
success.
7. __________________ such as Facebook, Instagram or Twitter is a way for teenagers to stay in
touch with their friends.
8. You can create two or more Instagram __________________ with the same email address.
9. Here are some of my __________________ about historical figures for my history club.
10. The students practised various traditional __________________, such as carving toys out of wood.
III. Put the words in the box in the correct rows.
a computer, mailbox, teachers, the Internet, music, a video, voicemail,
notification, friends, Google Drive, a forum, a picture, Twitter account,
call history, a file, classmates, a penfriend, messages, a document,
a game server, a website, an online newspaper, a relative,
a student account, a magazine
* upload:
* browse:
* check:
* log on to:
* connect with:
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. A __________ website makes it easy for visitors to find the information they need.
a. social b. popular c. large d. user-friendly
2. Exams can come with a lot of pressure and make us feel really __________.
a. stressed b. relaxed c. excited d. interested
3. Carol, choose a school club that __________ your personality and interest!
a. goes b. pleases c. suits d. accepts
4. Is YouTube the most popular social __________ among teens?
a. website b. media c. forum d. log
5. Thomas is always teasing and scaring other classmates. He is such a __________.
a. bully b. coach c. student d. leader
6. You need to create a Facebook __________ in order to post a comment.
a. page b. website c. account d. group
7. She should do well in her studies this year - she’s very __________.
a. practical b. enjoyable c. focused d. suitable
8. Angle mainly uses her TikTok to __________ her workout and dancing videos.
a. browse b. upload c. check d. log on
9. I got the scholarship to study in the U.K. - __________ Congratulation.
a. Awful! b. Surprised! c. Confused! d. Awesome!
10. ‘Could you please tell me more about the chess club?’ - ‘__________’
a. It’s awesome. b. I’m glad you like it.
c. How interesting! d. Certainly.
V. Tick (√) the simple sentences.
1. ___ Teenagers can express their opinions in a class forum.
2. ___ Matt is a friendly person, and he is an enthusiastic student.
3. ___ She is good at maths; however, she gets poor marks in biology.
4. ___ You can upload your photos and videos on Facebook.
5. ___ This teacher is very tolerant of ill-mannered students.
6. ___ Parents shouldn’t put too much pressure on teens, or they may get stressed.
7. ___ Cheating on exams is not a right thing to do.
8. ___ Exams are coming; therefore, the school has stopped all club activities.
9. ___ My best friend likes showing off his new DIY products.
10. ___ Anna is shy, but she tries to participate in many club activities.
VI. Write s for simple sentences and c for compound sentences.
1. Kathy turned off her phone, for she wanted to concentrate on studying. ______
2. My brother failed three subjects this semester. ______
3. The language club is on Saturday and Sunday morning. ______
4. He is very good at sports, so he feels confident of winning the marathon. ______
5. You must study harder; otherwise, you can’t graduate. ______
6. My mum is going to send me to a swimming club next weekend. ______
7. It is a user-friendly site, but it doesn’t have much content. ______
8. We don’t have enough time to get some snacks before class. ______
9. Instagram is a popular social media app among teenagers. ______
10. There are many violent videos on this website; moreover, it may contain viruses. ______
VII. Underline the correct answer.
1. Teens face lots of pressure at school, but / so / and they also have to meet their parents’
expectations.
2. Some video games help US relax, so / but / and we can become addicted.
3. You can study by yourself at the library, or /for / and you can join our Study group.
4. Aiden deactivated his Facebook account, and/for / but he found it very distracting.
5. Our class wished to win the dancing competition, and / so / but we only came in 4th place.
6. Lena wants to join the singing contest, or / but / so she practises singing every day.
7. Carlos is worried about his final exam, and /or /but he feels stressed all the time.
8. If you have any questions, please talk to me afterwards or / so / and write me an email.
9. She is very sensitive, so /for / but you shouldn’t comment on her hairstyle.
10. I was unhappy about my test result, and/for / or I studied hard for it.
VIII. Complete each sentence with however, therefore, otherwise, or moreover.
1. Facebook allows us to express our interest; ______________, it helps us connect with old friends.
2. Most teenagers are influenced by peer pressure; ______________, encouragement from parents is
really important.
3. She has many friends on Facebook; ______________, she can’t chat with anyone.
4. We need a short vacation after the final exam; ______________, we will feel really stressed.
5. Tiktok is very entertaining; ______________, its content can be inappropriate sometimes.
6. Joining the painting club helps me relax; ______________, I can concentrate better.
7. I need to work in pairs for this project; ______________, I should find a partner soon.
8. Our team needs to practise every day; ______________, we may lose the football match.
9. My favourite singer has a Twitter account; ______________, he doesn’t often update it.
10. Matt never shows respect to our teachers; ______________, he often bullies other classmates.
IX. Fill in each blank with a correct word from the box.
or but so and for (x2) therefore otherwise however moreover
1. Josh is very good at academic subjects; ______________, he is terrible at sports.
2. Teens need to have good health to study well, ______________they should exercise regularly.
3. I am voted the team leader for this project, ______________I am good at solving crisis.
4. This forum is a place for students to discuss homework; ______________, they can also share their
concerns.
5. You can upload your presentation on our Facebook group, ______________you can send it directly
to the teacher.
6. Maria has made new friends, ______________she’s hanging out with them this weekend.
7. Some links can contain viruses; ______________, we should be careful when browsing on the
Internet.
8. We want to film a flashmob video, ______________our classmates are too lazy to do it.
9. Each member needs to contribute to this club; ______________, club activities won’t be able to
continue.
10. They study at the library until 7 p.m. every day, ______________the final exam is coming.
X. Match the sentences.
1. Exams gave Anna a lot of stress, a. otherwise, it can affect their mental health.
2. I want to make some greeting cards; b. for it’s easier for everyone to communicate.
3. We’ve decided to create a Facebook group, c. or they can ask the student council.
4. David is our class monitor, d. so her parents took her on a trip.
 5. He rarely logs on to his account; e. but he doesn’t want to join the school sports
club.
6. Matt is really keen on basketball, f. and he is also our club’s leader.
7. Teens shouldn’t spend too much time on g. however, I am very clumsy.
social media;
8. Students can browse the school website h. therefore, he misses lots of announcements.
for information about clubs,
XI. Combine the two sentences to make compound sentences, using the words in brackets
1. I must sleep early tonight. I turn on Do Not Disturb mode on my smartphone. (so)
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. Taylor is the class monitor. He doesn’t remember his classmates’ names. (but)
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. The players were exhausted after the tennis match. Their bodies ached all over. (and)
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. Jessica wishes to become a doctor. Her parents are both well-known doctors. (for)
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. You can join a sports club to improve teamwork skills. You can join an arts club to develop
creativity. (or)
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. Students need to sign up for this contest before Friday. They cannot participate. (otherwise)
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. Good immune system is important for teens. They should exercise at least 30 minutes a day.
(therefore)
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. He fell over in the middle of the race. He tried his best to cross the finishing line. (however)
___________________________________________________________________________________
XII. Complete the sentence with the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. He _______________ answered the final question and won the contest. (calm)
2. In this arts and crafts club, you’ll be able to _______________ beautiful objects. (creative)
3. We’re having a _______________ about the pressure teenagers are facing nowadays. (discuss)
4. Exam period was a _______________ time for every student. (stress)
5. She wasn’t a natural _______________, but she tried her best to manage the team. (lead)
6. Do you _______________ upload pictures on your Facebook? (usual)
7. I spent an _______________ weekend with my old friends from primary school. (enjoy)
8. They prefer studying at the library because they can’t _______________ the noise at the café.
(tolerant)
9. The spelling bee contest attracted more than 100 _______________. (participate)
10. I admire Jenny because she always seems _______________ before every test. (relax)
XIII. Complete each sentence with an appropriate preposition.
1. Those students are preparing _______________ the upcoming singing contest.
2. Besides schoolwork, teens also face pressure _______________ parents’ expectations.
3. We planned everything for our field trip _______________ our Facebook group.
4. The summer camp provided teens _______________ chances to experience country life.
5. As a member _______________ the chess club, I have to join club activities every Sunday.
6. Have you ever participated _______________ any events from that language club?
7. Teens often want to connect _______________ friends who share the same interest.
8. Does Anna often log on _______________ her Instagram account?
9. Some students find it hard to concentrate _______________ studying without enough sleep.
10. Spencer is interested _______________ Shakespeare and wants to join a drama club.

c. SPEAKING
I. Make questions for the underlined words.
A: ____________________________________________________________________________
B: I chose to join the sports club because I love playing badminton and basketball.
A: ____________________________________________________________________________
B: Lily uploaded some pictures from her latest trip to Facebook.
A: ____________________________________________________________________________
B: They are chatting with their new friends at the computer club.
A: ____________________________________________________________________________
B: My best friend always checks the notifications before she goes to school.
A: ____________________________________________________________________________
B: The teacher will record our voices during the speaking test.
A: ____________________________________________________________________________
B: You can read more information about the workshop on our fanpage.
A: ____________________________________________________________________________
B: We have club actitivites every Tuesday and Thursday after class.
A: ____________________________________________________________________________
B: Yes, she started playing chess two years ago.
A: ____________________________________________________________________________
B: Mr. Dawson will be the new coach of the volleyball team.
A: ____________________________________________________________________________
B: It took about 2 hours to finish making this scented candle.
II. Complete the dialogue with the appropriate phrases or sentences (A - J).
A. Certainly. We meet every Friday from 5.30 p.m. to 7 p.m.
B. Fill in this application form, then you can join us next Friday.
C. Sure. Every week, we learn to make different objects by hand.
D. See you!E. What do you want to know?
F. No. We will provide members with necessary tools.
G. It's Mr. Lohan, our school art teacher.
H. On the second floor, class 8A1.
I. You don't have to. Just remember to join the club on time.
J. Members also have chances to make new friends and relax after stressful lessons.
Student: Hello, I have some questions about the arts and crafts club.
Club leader: (1) _________________________________________________________________
Student: Could you tell me about the date and time, please?
Club leader: (2) _________________________________________________________________
Student: Where does everyone usually gather?
Club leader: (3) _________________________________________________________________
Student: Who will coach that club?
Club leader: (4) _________________________________________________________________
Student: Can you tell me what club members usually do in the club, please?
Club leader: (5) _________________________________________________________________
Student: How interesting! And what else?
Club leader: (6) _________________________________________________________________
Student: That sounds nice. How can I sign up?
Club leader: (7) _________________________________________________________________
Student: Do I need to bring anything to the club?
Club leader: (8) _________________________________________________________________
Student: Cool. Should I call you before coming to the club on Friday?
Club leader: (9) _________________________________________________________________
Student: Thank you. See you this Friday!
Club leader: (10) ________________________________________________________________

d. READING
I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.
overwhelming unwind positive stress
lifestyle concentrate upcoming boosting
Stress is part of life. Everyone experiences (1) ________________, and so do teenagers. Some
stress is OK. It can get children ready for action and give them the motivation to get things done. For
example, feeling stressed about an (2) ________________test can motivate children to study. Or
knowing they have to get to the bus on time can help them get ready in the morning.
Although some stress is OK, too much stress can be (3) ________________. It can interfere
with sleep, thinking and learning, and it can get in the way of teenagers enjoying life.
Healthy (4) ________________choices can often help teenagers handle stress or reduce its
effects.
# Be physically active. Physical activity and exercise improve mood and can give children a sense of
achievement, as well as (5) ________________their physical health. Exercise also burns off the ‘stress
hormone’ cortisol and can help the body relax.
# Eat good food. Eating well can help children feel good, strong, energetic, alert and able to (6)
________________.
# Relax and (7) ________________, especially before bed. This might be going for a walk, reading a
book, having a relaxing bath, listening to some music or doing breathing exercises, muscle relaxation
exercises or mindfulness exercises.
# Sleep well. Teenagers need 8-10 hours of sleep a night. Getting enough good-quality sleep can help
children feel more alert, (8) ________________and energetic. Not getting enough sleep is one of the
biggest causes of stress in teenagers.
II. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks below.
Are teens and social media platforms a good mix, or does social media use lower teen well-
being? This has become one of the most controversial questions regarding social media’s effects on
teens, with studies showing varied results.
According to a recent report released by Common Sense Media on social media’s effects on
teens, about half of the 1,500 young people surveyed said social media is very important for them in
order to get support and advice, feel less alone, and express themselves creatively, as well as for
staying in touch with friends and family members. And 43 percent said that using social media makes
them feel better when they are depressed, stressed, or anxious.
On the other hand, the report also showed a strong association between social media and
teens feeling depressed. Youth with moderate to severe depressive symptoms were nearly twice as
likely to say they used social media almost constantly. One-third of teens with depression reported
constant social media use, as compared to 18 percent of young people who did not have depressive
symptoms. Furthermore, the more severe their symptoms were, the more anxious, lonely and
depressed they felt after using social media. Clearly, social media does not help teens who are already
feeling depressed and seems to contribute to their negative outlook.
A. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ____ Social media has both good and bad effects on teens.
2. ____ Only 50% of the teen surveyed use social media.
3. ____ Teens only use social media when they feel depressed or anxious.
4. ____ The report didn’t mention the negative sides of social media use.
5. ____ Teens with depression tend to use social media more than teens who don’t have depressive
symptoms.
6. ____ Social media can make it worse for teens who are already feeling depressed.
B. Choose the correct answer.
1. According to the passage, teens don’t use social media to ____________.
a. express themselves b. ask for advice
c. connect with friends d. treat their severe depression
2. Which of the following statements is true about social media?
a. Social media helps teens communicate with their friends.
b. Teens with severe depression find it hard to use social media constantly.
c. Social media can make all teens feel better after using it.
d. Studies on social media’s effects on teens show the same results.

e. WRITING
I. Make sentences from the cues given.
1. At the moment/ we/ prepare/ the English oral test.
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. The sports club leader/ provide/ members/ new activities/ tomorrow.
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. They/ hold/ the spelling bee contest/ 15th October/ usual.
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. She/ quit/ the club/ last year/ because/ she/ face/ too much/ pressure/ schoolwork.
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. What types/ social media/ be/ most teens/ interested?
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. Teens/ often/ use/ Messenger/ chat/ friends/ school and life.
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. You/ need/ log on/ your account/ in order/ upload your video.
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. Why/ she/ choose/ use/ Twitter/ instead/ Facebook?
__________________________________________________________________________________
II. Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.
1. Adam joined a DIY club because he wanted to make presents by hand.
 Adam wanted
2. Although I have an Instagram account, I don’t usually use it.
 I have
3. Chatting online is more comfortable than talking face to face.
 It’s
4. Do you fancy playing badminton with me after school?
 Would
5. Discussing problems with my friends made me feel less anxious.
 I found it
6. How long is it since you joined the English club?
 When
7. I’m not interested in using TikTok, Facebook, and Twitter.
 I’m not fond
8. We sometimes argue because we have different interests.
 Because of
9. How about creating a private group on Facebook?
 Why
10. Is there a literature club at your secondary school?
 Does
TEST FOR UNIT 3
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. good b. look c. school d. foot
2. a. visited b. decided c. wanted d. hoped
3. a. club b. luck c. curious d. suffer
4. a. discuss b. music c. suit d. social
5. a. provide b. midterm c. different d. practice
II. Look at the picture clues, then complete the sentences with the school clubs from the box.
arts and crafts club cooking club foreign language club chess club
music club book club gardening club sports club
1. Joining a ____________________ can help students
improve their math and logic skills.

2. Students can play football, volleyball, basketball,

badminton, etc. in the ____________________.

3. If you want to improve your English, come to our

____________________.
4. I learned to make this paper dragon in the
____________________.

5. In the ____________________, students will learn

how to play several instruments individually or in small
groups.

6. In the ____________________, children have lots of

fun making different dishes including: snacks, biscuits,
muffins, fajitas and fried eggs, etc.

7. We will discuss some important lessons we learned

from the Harry Porter stories in the ________________
this Friday.
 8. Students in the ____________________ grow and
look after plants in the school grounds

III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.

1. Keira always turns _______ her phone whenever she wants to focus on studying.
a. off b. down c. on d. up
2. We became best friends after working together _______ a history project.
a. in b. on c. with d. at
3. Those students look really _______ in their school uniforms.
a. hard-working b. stressful c. mature d. sensitive
4. There were lots of interesting activities, _______ many students wanted to join the club.
a. but b. because c. however d. so
5. ‘_______ led our class football team last year?’ - ‘It was Mr. Davis.’
a. What b. Which c. Who d. When
6. I hope it won’t rain tomorrow; _______, the match will be cancelled.
a. otherwise b. however c. moreover d. therefore
7. I mainly use social media _______ to remain connected with my family and friends.
a. forums b. websites c. logs d. posts
8. The arts club will help you think _______ by providing different topics every week.
a. creativelier b. most creatively c. much creatively d. more creatively
9. I decided to _______ the photography club in order to learn more about taking photos.
a. employ b. upload c. join d. belong
10. ‘Excuse me, could you show me the way to the library?’ - ‘_______’
a. Yes, you can borrow books there. b. Certainly. Turn right over there.
c. Don’t worry. It’s not far from here. d. Exactly! I’m right here.
IV. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. We can upload our own videos and watch other people' videos on YouTube.
A. own B. and C. people’ D. on
2. Teens enjoy using TikTok so it provides them with a variety of interesting topics.
A. using B. so C. with D. topics
3. Emily swims really good, and she won three gold medals last year.
A. good B. and C. own D. last year
4. Students need to log to their student accounts in order to do this online English test.
A. log to B. student accounts C. to do D. English test
5. Would you like participating in the dancing contest that will be held next month?
A. participating B. in C. dance D. be held
6. Some teens are under pressure because they want to meet their parents’ expectancy.
A. under B. because C. to meet D. expectancy
7. I created a Facebook account so that I can chat with my friends on school and life.
A. Facebook account B. so that C. with D. on
8. Timothy is really good at social activities, design, and playing musical instrument.
A. is B. at C. design D. playing
V. Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. I ________________ (create) my Facebook account about two years ago.
2. Stress from schoolwork ________________ (affect) teens’ concentration in class.
3. ________________ (the girls/ perform) a TikTok dance at the moment?
4. The guitar club ________________ (start) at 5 p.m. every Friday and(last) for two hours.
5. Our teachers ________________ (often/ not talk) to students about peer pressure.
6. ________________ (you/ record) your own voice when you practised speaking English?
7. In the future, the school ________________ (organise) more club activities for its students.
8. Some students ________________ (bully) Monica at her old school, which led to her depression.
9. Carlos doesn’t join any clubs because he detests ________________ (do) club activities.
10. Painting helps me ________________ (improve) my creativity and imagination.
VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. The DIY club is to encourage students to think more ________________. (create)
2. Check your Internet ________________ first if you can’t log on to the school website. (connect)
3. Students often feel ________________ about poor grades at school. (stress)
4. Why do you ________________ Instagram as your main social media platform? (choice)
5. We’re going to meet a ________________ pianist this weekend. (profession)
6. It is important for students to report any ________________ to their parents or teachers. (bully)
7. Some teens enjoy doing outdoor ________________ while some prefer to play indoors. (act)
8. Many parents worry about the negative impacts of peer ________________. (press)
9. What is the most ________________ location for a short trip after the final exam? (suit)
10. Some teens feel that they have to ________________ with each other at school due to peer
pressure. (competition)
VII. Match the sentences.
1. Do you and your friends enjoy using social a. I use them daily, whenever I have free time.
media?
2. Which social media websites do you use? b. Because it lets them share their images, videos
quite easier, I think.
3. What do you use social media sites for? c. Yes. We’re fond of using TikTok, Facebook,
Instagram and Twitter.
4. How often do you use social media sites? d. I prefer Instagram.
5. Which do you like using more, Facebook or e. Facebook and Instagram.
Instagram?
6. Why do teens prefer Instagram over f. I’m not sure, but I think TikTok.
Facebook?
7. What is the most popular social media g. To upload photos and videos, send messages
platform these days? and keep in touch with my family and friends.
8. Do you think social media is good or bad? h. It depends on how you use it.
VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
YouTube is the second most (1) ________________ website in the world and each day more
than 720,000 hours of videos are uploaded to it. This video streaming app is also one of the most
popular platforms (2) ________________ children, from elementary school kids all the way to teens.
YouTube makes money by keeping people on the platform (3) ________________ video after video,
so it’s in their interest to capture (4) ________________ with shocking and engaging videos, even if
it’s not good for young users.
 Despite its potential for harmful (5) ________________, YouTube’s educational and
wholesome entertainment possibilities are immense - (6) ________________ for young people. From
changing a bike tire to making a Halloween costume out of things lying around the house, functional
and creative videos about (7) ________________ to solve problems are incredibly common. In
addition to super-useful how-to videos, there are also documentaries, language tutorials, exercise,
yoga, stretching videos, (8) ________________ more. Almost anything teens are studying at school is
bound to have a corresponding video to help make the lesson more clear — and possibly even fun!
1. a. watched b. visited c. checked d. connected
2. a. to b. for c. in d. with
3. a. to watch b. watching c. watch d. watched
4. a. concentration b. notice c. attention d. notification
5. a. subject b. content c. thought d. idea
6. a. special b. specially c. especially d. especial
7. a. what b. where c. who d. how
8. a. and b. but c. or d. so
IX. Read the text carefully, then answer the questions.
Getting enough sleep is important for people of any age. In teenagers, good quality sleep is
really essential because it plays an important role in their physical, emotional and mental
development. Sleep benefits the brain and promotes attention, memory, and analytical thought.
Sleep deprivation, on the other hand, leads to drowsiness, lack of attention, and causes poor
academic performance. Inadequate sleep in teenagers can also increase their risk of depression,
anxiety and low self-esteem.
Experts recommend that teenagers get 8 to 10 hours of sleep per night to maintain good
health. However, most teenagers get far less than the recommended hours of sleep every night. This
is partly due to the natural shift in their circadian rhythm, which makes it difficult for them to sleep
before 11pm. They have a natural tendency to stay up late in the night and sleep in longer during the
morning. Other factors contributing to sleep problems include an early start at school, a heavy
workload of homework and school assignments, extracurricular activities, a busy social life, and an
excessive use of electronic devices. Teenagers may end up staying late at night to fit in many of these
tasks or to hang out with friends at night during the weekends, which can all leave them sleep
deprived.
1. Why is sleep extremely important for teenagers?
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. What are the benefits of sleep for the brain?
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. How can sleep deprivation affect a teenager’s life?
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. How many hours of sleep does a teenager need every night?
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. Are most teenagers getting enough sleep?
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. What are the causes of sleep deprivation in teenagers?
__________________________________________________________________________________
X. Reorder the words to moke sentences.
1. some sports/ should/ play/ Teenagers/ to keep/ and relieve/ fit/ stress.
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. for/ meeting grounds/ remain/ Social media sites/ Facebook and Instagram/ popular/ teens/ the
most/ including.
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. Today/ discussing/ different types/ we/ are/ that/ facing/ are/ students/ of presssure.
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. addicted/ I’m/ Facebook/ to/1/ check/ and/ my notifications/ every 5 minutes.
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. was/ he/ stressed/ because/ his/ meet/ tried/ He/ hard/ too/ to/ parents’ expectations.
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. to participate/ are/ an/ to encourage/ in/ After school clubs/ teenagers/ extracurricular activities/
excellent way.
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. Which/ is/ connect/ teens/ safe/ to/ new friends/ for/ social media site/ with?
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. there is/ available/ In schools,/ for/ clubs and activities/ a wide variety/ students/ to join/ of.
__________________________________________________________________________________
TEST YOURSELF 1
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. club b. upload c. cultivate d. forum
2. a. stress b. message c. media d. pressure
3. a. villages b. cities c. houses d. distances
4. a. plough b. account c. outdoor d. touch
5. a. leisure b. resort c. user d. browse
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern.
1. a. leisure b. creative c. puzzle d. comedy
2. a. improve b. especially c. exhibit d. physical
3. a. ingredient b. activity c. connect d. recipe
4. a. hospitable b. concentrate c. picturesque d. generous
5. a. pressure b. occasion c. upload d. mature
III. Complete each sentence with an appropriate word. The first letter is given.
1. Farmers often raise some p__________________, such as chickens and ducks, for their eggs.
2. My sister is c__________________ about K-Pop. She is a big fan of BTS and Super Junior.
3. Cycling, running and swimming are all good leisure a__________________ you should try.
4. Most teens say they feel a lot of p__________________ to get good grades.
5. I came across a music club brochure while I was b__________________ the school website.
6. At h__________________ time, farmers are busy in the fields collecting the annual crops.
7. Most Vietnamese parents have high educational e__________________ for their children.
8. I love h__________________ out with my best friend Helen at weekends.
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. Jean is really ________ photography, and she enjoys taking pictures of natural landscapes.
a. in b. at c. into d. for
2. Film fans can also watch from home by logging ________ walkoffame.com.
a. for b. on c. at d. on to
3. Cindy is afraid of getting sunburn, so she dislikes playing any ________ sports.
a. winter b. team c. outdoor d. physical
4. The farmers are ________ wheat on their agricultural land in the village.
a. living b. gardening c. loading d. cultivating
5. ________ drop that mobile phone and do your homework?
a. Why don’t you b. How about c. Would you mind d. When did you
6. Instagram is so popular around the globe due to its ________ interface.
a. friendly-user b. used-friendly c. user-friendly d. friendly-used
7. People in rural areas live ________ than those in cities.
a. simplier b. more simply c. more simple d. simpler
8. Tourists can climb up the mountain, ________ they can use the cable car service.
a. or b. and c. but d. so
9. Social media has become an important part of our lives. ________, it’s important to realise that
social media can be addictive.
a. Moreover b. Otherwise c. However d. Therefore
10. ‘Would you like to join our cleanup event this weekend?’ - ‘________’
a. Why not? Let’s go. b. Certainly. I like it.
c. It’s very kind of you. Thank you. d. That’s great. Thanks.
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. Yesterday we listed lots of better things to do instead of watch TV.
A. listed B. better C. to do D. watch
2. Origami, which is a popular art of paper fold, originated from Japan.
A. which B. a C. fold D. from
3. When you play game online, be careful when you make friends to strangers.
A. game online B. careful C. when D. to
4. She goes to the dance club with her friends every evening Sunday.
A. goes B. the C. with D. evening Sunday
5. Although those children are really young, they are trained-well to herd cattle.
A. Although B. they C. trained-well D. to trend
6. Playing team sports gives you much fun than individual sports.
A. Playing B. gives C. much D. individuals
7. They found these games more difficulty to win than the previous ones.
A. difficulty B. to C. than D. ones
8. Wonderful family days out are some of most special memories.
A. Wonderful B. days out C. are D. of most
9. Due to the development of cities destroys farmland, many farmers lose their jobs.
A. Due to B. destroys C. many D. their
10. Do you know that an average person check Facebook over 30 hours a week?
A. Do you know B. check C. over D. 30 hours a week
VI. Supply the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. How often __________________ (she/ take) a trip to the countryside?
2. I once __________________ (go) camping at Lake Darling with some friends.
3. When my father was young, he __________________ (not spend) much time on social media.
4. Theodore __________________ (be) fond of doing DIY projects when he studied at high school.
5. Where is Jeanny? ~ She __________________ (practise) the piano in the music room.
6. __________________ (your family/ move) to the city in 2008?
7. Teenagers __________________ (constantly/ post) about what seems like perfect lives on social
media sites.
8. I’ve got the tickets. Next week we __________________ (visit) Hanoi.
9. Do you fancy __________________ (come) on a day trip to my uncle’s farm next Saturday?
10. Children in this village learn __________________ (herd) the cattle when they are small.
VII. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. His __________________ to the Internet is taking over his life. (addict)
2. The tourists thanked the villagers for their __________________ and hospitality. (generous)
3. Children in rural areas often travel to school __________________ than those in big cities. (far)
4. Mark is such a talented person that everyone is __________________ of him. (envy)
5. The school festival is __________________ held in January, before Lunar New Year. (tradition)
6. The Internet has already changed the way people __________________. (social)
7. Thanks to the combine __________________, farmers can save a lot of time and money. (harvest)
8. There are so many activities I want to do in the countryside, __________________ flying kites.
(special)
VIII. Match the sentences.
1. Would you like to go to the baking club with a. Because I want to develop my creative thinking
me this Saturday? skills.
 2. What types of social media do you like the b. Why? Is life in a big city more convenient?
most?
3. My brother used to hate chatting, but now he c. Exactly. Web gives teens too many distractions.
likes doing it.
4. The greeting cards you made are so lovely. d. Really? Who does he usually chat with?
5. What are you doing this weekend? e. I’m hanging out with my friends.
6. Why do you want to join an Art club? f. We’re glad that you like them. That’s our first
DIY project.
7. Although I really love my home town, I want g. I’d love to. What time is it?
to live in Ho Chi Minh City.
8. Nowadays young people are becoming too h. I enjoy using Facebook because it’s very user-
dependent on the Internet. friendly.
IX. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
Are you a screenager? Are you (1) __________________ glued to the TV, texting your friends,
chatting online, or perhaps trying to move (2) __________________ another level in one of your
favourite video games? Well, if you are, you are in the majority.
Most teenagers do almost (3) __________________ electronically. They watch digital TV,
listen to music on a digital MP3 player and (4) __________________ with friends through email,
instant messaging or by mobile phone. Teenagers even do most of their reading online now. When
they need help with their homework, it’s often the Internet that they (5) __________________.
Experts from all over the world worry that teenagers’ addiction to technology is having an
effect (6) __________________ on their health and on their behaviour. In some countries, teenagers
are getting help. In Asia, there are even boot camps (7) __________________ children receive
psychological help and treatment. It’s (8) __________________ that these types of camps will
become common in other countries in the future.
1. a. definitely b. constantly c. hardly d. finally
2. a. in b. off c. out d. up
3. a. everything b. something c. anything d. nothing
4. a. relate b. socialize c. join d. communicate
5. a. carry on b. get off c. turn to d. find out
6. a. either b. all c. both d. whether
 7. a. which b. where c. what d. that
8. a. probable b. difficult c. comfortable d. satisfied
X. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks below.
The population of British cities has been falling for years. Cities like Liverpool and Glasgow
have lost about 30% of their population in 30 years. But Britain’s population is still growing. Where
are the people going? The answer is to the country. More and more people in Britain want to live in
the country, and this is causing more and more problems in some rural areas.
The English countryside has a classic image. People imagine that life in the country is slow and
calm; that there are no traffic jams, no pollution, and no crime. In some places, this is true; but in
others it is not.
Small towns and villages are becoming more and more popular; people have more space and
most houses have gardens. But problems are growing. Lots of people want to live in the country and
work in the city; so more and more people travel long distances each day, to go to work. Of course
they don’t use buses (they are too slow) or trains (they don’t stop in the country); they use cars. Little
villages now have traffic problems in the morning, just like big cities! And they are getting worse.
The problems are very complicated! If everyone moves into the country, large parts of the
countryside will disappear! People leave cities and big towns, to escape from urban problems; but
more and more, they are bringing their problems with them.
On warm summer days, and cold winter days, air pollution can be a big problem in large parts
of the south of England, not just in London. Traffic jams are now often part of life, even in the country;
crime has become a serious problem in rural areas.
A. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ____ In the past, there were more people in Britain than today.
2. ____ The population of Liverpool and Glasgow has decreased over the past 30 years.
3. ____ More and more English people enjoy living in small towns and villages.
4. ____ People prefer using public transport for commuting to work.
5. ____ Air pollution is a huge problem in many parts of England, except London.
6. ____ There is very little crime in rural areas of England.
B. Choose the correct answer.
1. According to the first paragraph, more and more British people _______________.
a. want to live in big cities like Liverpool and Glasgow
b. would like to leave their city and live in the country
c. cause more and more problems in rural areas
d. are moving from rural to urban areas, causing serious problems
2. Which is NOT mentioned as the classic image of the English countryside?
a. noisy b. peaceful c. clean air d. less traffic
3. How do people living in the country commute to work?
a. They take buses. b. They travel by trains.
c. They drive their own cars. d. They ride their motorcycles.
4. We can conclude from the passage that _______________.
a. many rural areas are growing faster in population than urban districts
b. there isn’t public transport in some rural parts of England
c. air pollution and traffic jams are not problems in the English countryside
d. life in some rural parts in English isn’t as calm and peaceful as it was.
XI. Choose the correct answer a, b, c, or d to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to the
sentence given.
1. It took me two hours to walk to her village.
a. It was a 2-hour walk from the village.
b. I spent two hours walking to her village.
c. She made me walk for two hours.
d. A walk around the village is two hours.
2. Life in the countryside seems to be more peaceful than that in the city.
a. Life in the city seems less peaceful than that in the countryside.
b. Life in the city seems as peaceful as that in the countryside.
c. Life in the countryside seems less peaceful than that in the city.
d. Life in the countryside doesn’t seem so peaceful as that in the city.
3. Jane makes crafts better than her sister.
a. Jane makes crafts as well as her sister.
b. Jane’s sister makes crafts less good than Jane does.
c. Both Jane and her sister make crafts well.
d. Jane’s sister doesn’t make crafts as well as Jane does.
4. Do you want me to show you how to post an Instagram story?
a. Do you fancy showing me how to post an Instagram story?
b. Could you show me how to post an Instagram story?
c. Would you like me to show you how to post an Instagram story?
d. Please show me how to post an Instagram story.
XII. Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.
1. Flying a kite in the countryside is very exciting.
 It’s
2. Although she is busy with her work, she always spends time doing voluntary work.
 She is
3. It’s not necessary to change the dates of our trip.
 We
4. Let’s go to my uncle’s farm at the weekend.
 Amy suggested
 UNIT 4.
ETHNIC GROUPS OF
VIET NAM
A. PHONETICS
I. Underline the words with the sound /k/ and circle the words with the sound /g/. Then say the
sentences aloud.
1. Benjamin is the second oldest tiger in this zoo.
2. They often give tourists the sticky rice that they’ve made.
3. The villagers believe that there is a ghost in the communal house.
4. The boys and girls are preparing for an important cultural event.
5. Pigs are the main livestock here and always in high demand.
6. Each ethnic group has their own language and tradition.
7. The whole family is in the kitchen because we’re having a family gathering.
8. Gong is a type of traditional musical instrument of some minority populations.
II. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
1. a. communal b. culture c. musical d. special
2. a. gong b. village c. guest d. group
3. a. folk b. sticky c. knit d. like
4. a. staircase b. cement c. receive d. terraced
5. a. school b. chemistry c. Christmas d. cheese
6. a. gymnastics b. tiger c. gift d. gathering

B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR

I. Match the word or phrase with its definition.
1. livestock a. work like planting, growing, watering, weeding, and harvesting
2. costume b. a group of people that has different national or cultural traditions from
the majority of the population
 3. terraced field c. animals and birds, such as cows, pigs, chickens, that are kept on a farm
4. stilt house d. a traditional dance in which performers mimic a lion’s movements in a
lion costume.
5. ethnic minority e. the largest stilt house in the village where village ceremonies and
festivals take place
6. folk dance f. clothes that are typical of a particular place
7. communal house g. a house raised on piles over the surface of the soil
8. gardening h. a traditional dance of a particular area or country
9. gong i. a field that is on the side of a hill and divided into layers that look like
steps
10. lion dance j. a metal disc that makes a loud deep sound when it is hit with a stick
II. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases from the box.
terraced fields costume stilt houses weaving ethnic minorities
unique bamboo speciality wooden statue folk dances
1. The Nung mostly live in ____________________ though they also live in earthen houses.
2. Five-colour sticky rice is well known as a ____________________ of the north-western region of
Viet Nam.
3. Known as the Rong, the communal building was traditionally made from wood and ____________.
4. It’s interesting to learn about the ____________________ features of each ethnic group.
5. Mua xoe and mua sap are popular ____________________ of Thai ethnic minority people.
6. The ____________________ of the Nung is not as colourful as that of other ethnic groups.
7. Basket ____________________ is one of many traditional crafts in this mountainous area.
8. There’s a big ____________________ of our hero at the entrance of our village.
9. Sa Pa is famous for the ____________________ located in the mountainous area.
10. ____________________ make up between 10 to 15 percent of the population in Vietnam.
III. Choose the best expression In response to each sentence.
1. ‘Is it true that Y Moan was the greatest pop singer of the Ede?’ - ‘_______’
a. Really? b. How beautiful! c. Come on! d. Exactly.
2. ‘Look at this dish, Nick. It has five colours.’ - ‘_______’
a. How nice! b. What a shame! c. Sounds bad. d. Okay.
3. ‘In some ethnic groups, women play the leading role in the family.’ - ‘_______’
a. Well, of course. b. I don’t think so.
c. Wow, that’s surprising! d. It’s all right.
4. ‘After a 20 day homestay tour, I can use chopsticks, harvest rice, and cook some Vietnamese dish.’ -
‘_______’
a. Yeah, I’d like to. b. That’s awesome! c. It’s wrong. d. No problem.
5. ‘The ethnic minorities are mainly concentrated In Northern Uplands and Central Highlands.’ -
‘_______’
a. Oh, I see. b. So far so good. c. How convenient! d. Almost certainly.
6. ‘I have two tickets to a gong performance. Would you like to go?’ - ‘_______ What time?’
a. Sorry, I can’t. b. Not very good. c. Yes, I’d like that. d. Never mind.
7. ‘Let’s go to the local open-air market.’ - ‘_______’
a. Good idea. b. I’d love to. c. Not at all. d. Yes, of course.
8. ‘Tomorrow we will go to Coc Ly market. You can buy lots of handmade items there.’ – “_______”
a. What a pity! b. How interesting! c. How thoughtful! d. Well done.
IV. Change the sentences into Yes / No questions.
1. Sapa is one of the top attractions in Northern Vietnam.
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. The traditional sticky rice of the Tay ethnic group has five colours.
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. Women play the leading role in the family in some ethnic groups.
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. Henry can use chopsticks skilfully after a 20-day tour in Viet Nam.
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. The ethnic minorities mainly live in Northern Uplands and Central Highlands.
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. I didn’t attend the Ban Flower Festival in Dien Bien when I travelled there.
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. The local people will teach tourists to play gong and bamboo flute.
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. They bought lots of handmade items when they visited the local market.
__________________________________________________________________________________
9. We’re going to harvest the rice on the paddy fields with other villagers.
__________________________________________________________________________________
10. There were a lot of stilt houses in ethnic minority villages in the past.
__________________________________________________________________________________
V. Complete each sentence with a suitable question word.
1. ____________ ethnic group has larger population, Cho Ro or Chu Ru? ~ Cho Ro.
2. ____________ groups of languages do all ethnic groups speak? ~ Eight groups.
3. ____________ is the biggest house in the village? ~ It’s the communal house.
4. ____________ arts are displayed in a museum in Da Nang city? - The Cham’s.
5. ____________ do the San Diu mainly live? ~ In Quang Ninh province.
6. ____________ do the Thai hold ceremonies to worship their ancestors? ~ Every year.
7. ____________ is the village chief of the Phu La? ~ The oldest man.
8. ____________ is it from here to the communal house? ~ Just about one kilometre.
9. ____________ did you visit Sa Pa? ~ Because I wanted to go for a trek in Fansipan.
10. ____________ do they cook five-colour sticky rice? ~ On special occasions.
VI. Change each sentence into a question using the question words in brackets.
1. The girl with a shawl on her head is a member of the Thai. (who)
________________________________________________________________________________
2. The Khmer have three main festivals in a year. (how many)
________________________________________________________________________________
3. Odu is the smallest ethnic group in Viet Nam. (which)
________________________________________________________________________________
4. Ok Om Bok Festival is the biggest festival of Khmer people. (what)
________________________________________________________________________________
5. We can find terraced fields in the northern mountainous regions. (where)
________________________________________________________________________________
6. Bom Bo village is about 200 kilometres from Ho Chi Minh City. (how far)
________________________________________________________________________________
7. They built their houses on stilts to prevent flooding from tides or storms. (why)
________________________________________________________________________________
8. The population of the Tay ethnic group is about 1.7 million. (what)
________________________________________________________________________________
9. It usually takes about 5 hours to drive to Lao Cai from Ha Noi. (how long)
________________________________________________________________________________
10. The M’nong mainly live in Dak Lak province. (where)
________________________________________________________________________________
VII. Put the nouns in the box in the correct columns.
information, land, crop, instrument, nature, tree, group,
ash, place, culture, area, rice, water, costume,
gardening, mountain, field, clothing, festival, soil
Countable nouns Uncountable nouns

VIII. Underline the correct answer.

1. Vietnam is a / an / a few multiethnic country with 54 ethnic groups.
2. A number of ethnic minorities had mastered much / a little /some farming techniques.
3. How some / many / much information about the Ba Na have you collected?
4. The Rong house of the Xo Dang is a big stilt house with a high roof which looks like a / an / some
axe.
5. I need a / a few / a little time to think about which ethnic group I want to present.
6. How many / much /few ethnic groups live in the southern regions of Viet Nam?
7. There’s many / a lot of / a few land to grow crops in this lowland area.
8. The tour guide introduced a little / a few / much important celebrations of the Khmer.
9. The young Co Ho women play a / an / a little active role in marriage.
10. How many / much / little water should we use to make the five-colour sticky rice?
11. Tourists can learn some / a / a little popular folk dances during this trip.
12. The local market sells much / lots of / a little specialities of the Bru-Van Kieu.
IX. Fill in each blank with a/an, much, many, a little, or a few.
1. How _____________ water should I add to my noodles to make it less dry?
2. Could you give me _____________ information about ethnic groups in the Central Highlands?
3. Mua sap is _____________ traditional folk dance of the Muong.
4. Gongs have _____________ different sizes with diameter ranging from 20cm to 120cm.
5. There are only _____________ people who know how to play bamboo flute in my village.
6. Gathering and hunting still play _____________ important role in the economy of the La Ha.
7. We were afraid that not many people will come, so we only made _____________ sticky rice.
8. Those tourists don’t have _____________ knowledge about this mountainous region.
9. They can only grow _____________ crops because their farming techniques are bad.
10. Because of urbanisation, there aren’t _____________ stilt houses left in the village.
X. Complete the sentence with the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Many ethnic groups managed to live together _____________. (peace)
2. The tourists hope to join the Gong Festival _____________. (celebrate)
3. The _____________ of people in Viet Nam belong to the Kinh people. (major)
4. The _____________ house is the place where village ceremonies and festivals take place.
(commune)
5. Among ethnic _____________ groups, the least populated are Brau, Roman, Odu with several
hundred people each. (minor)
6. Five-colour sticky rice is a traditional _____________ of Tay people. (special)
7. H’mong people live in the northern _____________ region of Viet Nam. (mountain)
8. The Tai are known for their traditional _____________ and their houses on stilts. (weave)
9. The Raglai have a _____________ instrument made of bamboo called the chapi. (music)
10. Muong people are _____________ more closely related to the Tai people. (culture)
XI. Complete each sentence with an appropriate preposition.
1. Nick is curious _____________ the ethnic minortity groups in Viet Nam.
2. The Tay ethnic group likes living very close _____________ nature.
3. The M’Nong live in houses built _____________ stilts.
4. The Hmong live mostly _____________ the mountainous regions _____________ the north.
5. The M’Nong in Ban Don are well known _____________ their elephant hunting and dosmetication.
6. Many ethnic minority students are studying _____________ boarding schools.
7. The Thai have a population _____________ about one and a half million people.
8. Tay language belongs _____________ the Tay-Thai language group.
9. The communal house is used _____________ village meetings and festivities.
10. The chapi is made _____________ a section of an old bamboo.
c. SPEAKING
I. Make questions for the underlined words.
A: _________________________________________________________________________________
B: We’d like to know something about the cultural groups of Viet Nam.
A: _________________________________________________________________________________
B: The Tay don’t allow guests to sit in the room of their altar because that room is such a sacred place.
A: _________________________________________________________________________________
B: Tourists can find Vietnam’s most beautiful terraced rice fields in Mu Cang Chai.
A: _________________________________________________________________________________
B: They dug canals to bring water to their rice fields.
A: _________________________________________________________________________________
B: The Muong speak the Muong language.
A: _________________________________________________________________________________
B: A typical La Chi stilt house has three apartments.
A: _________________________________________________________________________________
B: Some ethnic groups lived a semi-nomadic life decades ago.
A: _________________________________________________________________________________
B: Chief of village Ama H’rin established Ako Dhong village.
A: _________________________________________________________________________________
B: Most people in the village live simply and happily.
A: _________________________________________________________________________________
B: The local market is about 3 kilometres from our village.
II. Complete the dialogue with the appropriate phrases or sentences (A - J).
A. Exactly. And I must learn everything by heart.
B. Yes. But they also live in earthen houses, and half stilt-half earth houses.
C. They mostly live in the northern provinces.
D. Let's go.
E. Hl Thao! I'm reading about Nung people.
F. It's growing wet rice.
G. OK, thanks. Look at this note and ask me about this ethnic group.
 H. To my way of thinking, it seems peaceful and interesting.
I. They celebrate many festivals in a year, but "Lung Tung" is the most famous one.
J. About 1 million people.
Thao: Hi, Phong! What are you reading?
Phong: (1) _________________________________________________________________________
Thao: Oh, I see. You’ll give a presentation on ethnic minorities, won’t you?
Phong: (2) _________________________________________________________________________
Thao: Let me help you to revise it.
Phong: (3) _________________________________________________________________________
Thao: Well, where do the Nung live?
Phong: (4) _________________________________________________________________________
Thao: What is the population of the Nung?
Phong: (5) _________________________________________________________________________
Thao: Do they live in stilt houses?
Phong: (6) _________________________________________________________________________
Thao: What is their main source of living
?Phong: (7) _________________________________________________________________________
Thao: How many festivals do they have in a year?
Phong: (8) _________________________________________________________________________
Thao: One more question. What do you think about life in mountainous regions?
Phong: (9) _________________________________________________________________________
Thao: Great! You did study hard. Take a rest. Let’s go out for a drink.
Phong: (10) _________________________________________________________________________

d. READING
I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.
including display ethnic which diversity viewed throughou Homes
t
Vietnam Museum of Ethnology in Hanoi offers an insight into the 54 different (1)
________________ groups of Vietnam in an effort to preserve cultural heritage and promote socio-
cultural (2) ________________ within the country.
 The museum has over 15,000 artefacts (3) ________________ photographs and other multi-
media such as audiotapes. Its indoor exhibition space can be (4) ________________ via a virtual tour
(5) ________________ includes the Viet, Muong, Tho, Chut, Tay, Thai, Ka Dai, H’Mong-Dao, Tang, San
Dui, Ngai, Mon-Khmer, Nam-Dao, Cham, Hoa and Khmer ethnic groups. There are priceless antiques
on (6) ________________ alongside everyday objects such as pipes, baskets and knives.
The outdoor area presents a range of traditional (7) ________________ including a Tay stilt house
and a Viet house. The museum is suitable for children, and all documents and display signs (8)
________________ have been translated into French and English.
II. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks below.
The Muong are among the ethnic minority groups that have big populations in Vietnam. The
Muong share an estimate of 1.3 million people from their six sub-groups, such as Mol, Mual, Moi, Moi
Bi, Au Ta and Ao Ta. They are largely concentrated in the provinces of Hoa Binh and Thanh Hoa
particularly in mountainous districts. Their language belongs to the Viet-Muong group and they hold
many ceremonies year round.
The Muong have practiced farming for a long time and wet rice is their main food staple. Most
of their family’s other income is generated through the exploitation of forest products including
mushrooms, dried fungus, ammonium, and sticklac. The men are known for basketry as women are
skilled in silk spinning and loom weaving.
The Muong have diverse folk arts including folk songs and poems, sorcerer’s worshiping songs,
tales, proverbs, lullabies, and riddle songs. The gong is the most popular musical instrument along
with the flute, the two-string violin, the drum, and the panpipe.
A. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ____ The Muong is one of the largest ethnic minorities in Vietnam.
2. ____ The Muong are also called Mol, Mual, Moi, Moi Bi, Au Ta and Ao Ta.
3. ____ The Muong don’t have their own language, so they speak Vietnamese.
4. ____ The Muong live mainly on forest products, such as mushrooms and dried fungus.
5. ____ Muong women are very good at making baskets and loom weaving.
6. ____ The Muong have a rich treasure of folk arts.
B. Answer the questions.
1. What is the population of the Muong?
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. Where do the Muong mostly live?
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. What Is the main food product of the Muong?
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. What are musical instruments of the Muong?
__________________________________________________________________________________

e. WRITING
I. Make sentences from the cues given.
1. which ethnic group/ second largest population/ Viet Nam?
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. Sap dance/ typical dance/ Muong people/ the north.
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. Most/ ethnic minorities/ Viet Nam/ live/ mountainous areas.
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. Thai ethnic minority/ well known/ beautifully woven garments.
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. The New Year celebration/ Lao ethnic group/ lunar April.
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. Many/ young girl/ mountainous regions/ know/ how/ weave/ clothing.
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. What/ the students/ learn/ the life/ the Cham/ Ninh Thuan/ yesterday?
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. the Ede/ start/ live/ the high plateau region/ central Viet Nam/ long time ago?
__________________________________________________________________________________
II. Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.
1. Your village is so beautiful!
 What
2. How long Is it since you built this stilt house?
 When
3. Living in a big city is more convenient than living in a village.
 It’s
4. There are fewer Hmong than Kinh, so they are an ethnic minority group.
 Because
5. Although the villagers are quite poor, they live a happy and healthy way.
 In spite of
6. What did the local people say?
 Could you tell me
7. Romantic films interest me more than war films.
 I find
8. A lot of people take the train from Oxford to London every day.
 A lot of people travel
9. How about asking the local people for help?
 Why
10. Is there an ancestral altar in the La Chi’s largest apartment?
 Does
TEST FOR UNIT 4
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. scenery b. skull c. school d. sky
2. a. terraced b. helped c. talked d. harvested
3. a. important b. minor c. boring d. northern
4. a. custom b. community c. costume d. museum
5. a. clothing b. gather c. though d. ethnic
II. Complete the sentences with the suitable words.
1. Cong-Chieng, or _______________, is a musical instrument made
of bronze.

2. Five-colour _______________ is an important dish of almost all

ethnic minorities.

3. The Rong house of the Xo Dang is a big _______________ with a

high roof.

4. Hmong farmers have been growing rice on the _______________

for hundreds of years.
 5. The Xoe dance is one of the most popular _______________ the
Thai ethnic group.

6. The Bahnar wear their traditional _______________ on special

occasion and festivals.

7. The Giay people raise _______________ such as buffaloes, cows,

goats, pigs and poultry.

8. Hoa Ban _______________ takes place in March, when orchids

and peach blossom everywhere in the north-western region.

III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.

1. The Dao in the Sa Pa area is famous _________ its “love market”.
a. with b. in c. for d. to
2. Stilt houses are made _________ natural materials such as wood, palm leaves, bamboo, and rattan.
a. on b. with c. by d. from
3. The _________ house is a place where villagers gather for festivals and rituals.
a. terraced b. splendid c. bamboo d. communal
4. There were lots of interesting folk games, _________ Kenny stayed a little longer to join them.
a. but b. because c. so d. however
5. ‘_________ dress in red and black costume?’ - ‘The Dao.’
a. What b. Which c. When d. Who
6. There are only _________ villagers who know how to use the combine harvester.
a. a few b. many c. a little d. much
7. S’Tieng women must learn how to _________ cloth before getting married.
a. sew b. knit c. weave d. make
8. _________ ethnic groups live on the Truong Son mountain range?
a. How many b. How long c. How far d. How much
9. _________, Vietnam has 54 ethnic groups, 53 of which are ethnic minorities.
a. Due to a multi-ethnic country b. To be a multi-ethnic country
c. Despite a multi-ethnic country d. As a multi-ethnic country
10. ‘I have just taken an elephant ride in Buon Don.’ ‘How interesting!’
a. Certainly. b. Really? c. Terrible. d. Exactly.
IV. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. The Tay are famous for their folk dances and the special five-colours sticky rice.
A. are B. their C. dances D. five-colors
2. The villagers make a living by growing a few crops and raising some cattles.
A. a living B. crops C. some D. cattles
3. We have recently visited some of the remote communities in the north highlands.
A. recently B. some of C. remote D. north
4. Youth Ngai women did not receive the inheritance after their parents died.
A. Youth B. did not C. the D. their
5. The Ta Oi managed preserving their proverbs, folk songs, and stories.
A. The B. preserving C. proverbs D. stories
6. There isn’t many information about the life of the Brau in the Central Highlands.
A. isn’t B. many C. about D. the Central Highlands
7. I want to visit the Vietnam Museum of Ethnology to learn for 54 ethnic minority groups.
A. to visit B. of C. to learn D. for
8. Xo Dang men are good at architecture, sculpting, and paint.
A. are B. architecture C. sculping D. paint
V. Supply the correct tense and form of the verbs in brackets.
1. What ______________________ (the Muong/ do) to earn their living?
2. The majority of people in Viet Nam ______________________ (belong) to the Kinh ethnic group.
3. Hoa Ban festival ______________________ (start) on March 17th and ______________________
(end) on March 19th.
4. Listen! ______________________ (those ethnic girls/ speak) the Ede language?
5. My sister ______________________ (not learn) about Vietnam’s ethnic minority groups when she
was in grade 8.
6. She ______________________ (visit) Don Village during her trip to Dak Lak next month.
7. In the future, the local government ______________________ (organise) more activities to
promote the culture of ethnic groups.
8. The Tay People ______________________ (build) these stilt houses over 50 years ago.
9. Tourists to Don Village enjoy ______________________ (ride) elephants around the hamlet or to
the forest.
10. The elephants help local people ______________________ (work) in the fields, and carry goods or
construction materials.
VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Viet Nam is one of the most _______________ diverse countries in South East Asia. (ethnic)
2. The Pa Then believe that the god of fire brings them _______________ and prosperity. (peaceful)
3. Family _______________ are often held by the open fire in the middle of the house. (gather)
4. The Jrai has the largest _______________ in the Central Highlands. (populate)
5. The Tay community practice _____________ religious beliefs including ancestor worship. (tradition)
6. The population of Viet Nam contains a rich _______________ of ethnic groups. (diverse)
7. Ethnic _______________ make up about 15 percent of Viet Nam’s population. (minor)
8. Sapa is known for its _______________ rice fields in Muong Hoa Valley. (terrace)
9. Each time I returned I was struck by the _______________ of Sa Pa and its people. (unique)
10. The government carried out a programme to _______________ the health service in remote and
rural areas. (modern)
VII. Match the sentences.
1. Which ethnic group has a larger population, a. By motorcycle or bus.
the Ede or the Muong?
2. Shall we join their folk games? b. Not exactly. They are the third.
3. What is that dance? c. In Binh Phuoc and Dak Lak.
4. When does Sapa Love Market take place? d. It’s a folk dance called mua sap.
5. Did you try any ethnic specialities during your e. Yes, I tried some. They’re very delicious.
trip?
6. How can we go to Don Village from Buon Me f. Sure. Which of those games would you like to
 Thuot city? play?
7. The Thai is the second largest ethnic group in g. The Muong.
Viet Nam.
8. Where do the M’Nong mainly live? h. Every Saturday evening.
VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
There are nine sub-groups that are (1) _______________ by the ethnic minority M’Nong, such
as Bru Dang, Preh, Ger, Nong, Prang, PJam, Kuyenh, Chil Bu Nor, and M’Nong Bu Dang, with combined
estimate of 105,300 populations. They are concentrated (2) _______________ southern parts of the
provinces of Binh Phuoc and Dak Lak and in parts of Lam Dong. They live in houses built on (3)
_______________ or level with the ground, in every village where they usually have dozens of
households. Matriarchy is observed and the children (4) _______________ the family name of their
mother. The wife holds the key position in (5) _______________ household. This group likes to have
many children, (6) _______________ daughters and speak the language traced to the Mon-Khmer
Group. The M’Nong use the slash-and-burn method of (7) _______________. The M’Nong in Ban Don
are well known for their elephant hunting and domestication. Women handle the weaving of cotton
cloth, (8) _______________ the men work on basketry.
1. a. ordered b. symbolized c. expressed d. represented
2. a. on b. in c. for d. at
3. a. bricks b. slabs c. stilts d. stones
4. a. take b. give c. catch d. hold
5. a. the b. a c. every d. some
6. a. special b. especially c. specially d. especial
7. a. transport b. working c. farming d. researching
8. a. where b. when c. which d. while
IX. Read the text carefully, then answer the questions.
Vietnam is a multiethnic country with 54 ethnic groups. The Viet (Kinh) people account for
87% of the country’s population and mainly inhabit the Red River delta, the central coastal delta, the
Mekong delta and major cities. The other 53 ethnic minority groups, totaling over 8 million people,
are scattered over mountain areas spreading from the North to the South. Among ethnic minorities,
the most populated are Tay, Thai, Muong, Hoa, Khmer, Nung... with a population of around 1 million
each; while the least populated are Brau, Roman, Odu with several hundred people each.
 The main economic activity of most ethnic peoples is wet rice cultivation. A number of ethnic
minorities had mastered some farming techniques. They grew rice plants in swamped paddy fields
and carried out irrigation. Others go hunting, fishing, collecting and live a semi-nomadic life. Each
group has its own culture that is diverse and special. Beliefs and religions of the Vietnamese ethnic
minority groups are also disparate from each other.
1. How many ethnic groups are there in Vietnam?
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. Where do the Kinh people mostly live?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. What is the population of the Tay?
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. Which ethnic groups have the smallest population?
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. What do most ethnic peoples mainly live on?
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. Do the ethnic minority groups have the same culture, religion and belief?
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. How is the culture of each ethnic group?
___________________________________________________________________________________
X. Reorder the words to make sentences.
1. country/ with/ Viet Nam/ 54/ is/ multiethnic/ a/ groups/ ethnic
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. minorities/ make/ population/ Ethnic/ up/15 percent/ of/ the/ of/ about/ Viet Nam
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. Most/ live/ of/ ethnic/ in/ minorities/ the/ the/ areas/ in/ north/ the/ mountainous
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. Viet Nam/ Tay/ second/ The/ largest/ are/ the/ ethnic/ in/ group
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. are/ The/ known/ Nung/ including/ music and poetry/ for/ folk-art/ richness/ traditions/ their/ of
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. people/ a/ The/ Dao/ language/ speak/ Hmong-Dao/ of/ language system
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. not/ as/ The/ Nung/ costume/ is/ colourful/ of/ the/ as/ that/ of/ ethnic/ other/ groups
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. The/ Ede/ built/ on/ live/ in/ stilts/ in/ wooden/ villages/ longhouses/ as/ buon / known
___________________________________________________________________________________
 UNIT 5.
OUR CUSTOMS AND
TRADITIONS
A. PHONETICS
I. Say the words aloud, then circle the correct sound.
1. thank /n/ - /ŋ/ 2. blooming /n/ - /ŋ/
3. lantern /n/ - /ŋ/ 4. soon /n/ - /ŋ/
5. enjoyable /n/ - /ŋ/ 6. hang /n/ - /ŋ/
7. spring /n/ - /ŋ/ 8. reunion /n/ - /ŋ/
9. thin /n/ - /ŋ/ 10. many /n/ - /ŋ/
11. single /n/ - /ŋ/ 12. pink /n/ - /ŋ/
II. Put the underlined words into the correct columns.
1. The bean seed sprouted from straw is an example of overcoming challenges.
2. Pedestrians greeting strangers seems to be the custom in our town.
3. It’s their tradition to sing and dance together at a wedding.
4. The government has tried to maintain the language of some ethnic groups.
5. Josh found it interesting to see a lot of ornamental trees during Tet.
6. We will bring many gifts for our cousins at Christmas.
7. There are too many things to prepare before the longevity party.
8. The couple thanked the guests for attending their wedding ceremony.
/n/ /ŋ/
B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR
I. Match the word or phrase with its definition.
1. custom a. fighting sports that include judo, karate, taekwondo, etc.
2. tradition b. the fact of lasting a long time
3. worship c. an accepted way of behaving or of doing things
4. table manners d. the socially acceptable way to eat your food, especially when eating a
meal with others
5. reunion e. the tree grown for decoration, not for the harvest of fruit or wood
6. martial arts f. something that is given to a god as part of a religious ceremony
7. spirit g. a belief, custom or way of doing something that has existed for a long
time
8. ornamental tree h. the form of a dead person, similar to a ghost
9. longevity i. the practice of showing respect for a god
10. offering j. a social event for a group of people who haven’t seen each other for a
long time
II. Complete the sentences with the words in port I. Use the plural form if necessary.
1. Your _____________ are awful - don’t you know how to use a knife and fork?
2. My school holds an annual _____________ for former students.
3. At Tet, Vietnamese people often place bamboo poles in their homes to ward off evil ____________
and bring good fortune.
4. We always wish our grandparents health and _____________ on the first day of Tet.
5. It’s the _____________ in Japan to take your shoes off when you go into someone’s house.
6. I usually help my mother to prepare _____________ for ancestor worship on New Year Day.
7. Peach blossom and apricot blossom are popular _____________ at Tet.
8. My extended family has a _____________ of having gatherings every summer.
9. All the children in my family have to practise _____________ when they turn 8.
10. Whale _____________ is recognised as an important cultural heritage of Viet Nam.
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. Christians have the _____________ of giving and receiving presents at Christmas.
a. habit b. regulation c. rule d. custom
2. Shops in Viet Nam often have a lion dance performance at their opening _____________.
a. ceremony b. celebration c. party d. holiday
3. Promoting cultural events is a good way to _____________ some of the region’s traditions.
a. offer b. worship c. maintain d. follow
4. Spending time together at the dinner table creates stronger family _____________.
a. traditions b. gatherings c. reunions d. bonds
5. _____________, everyone will give moon cakes to their family members at Mid-Autumn festival.
a. Symbolically b. Traditionally c. Culturally d. Locally
6. In most Western countries, Christmas is a time of family _____________ and celebration.
a. reunion b. worshipping c. ceremony d. occasion
7. Songkran - the Thai New Year’s national holiday - attracts a lot of festival ___________ every year.
a. comers b. tourists c. visitors d. goers
8. My province _____________ tradition by not having fireworks on New Year’s Eve.
a. broke up b. gave up c. broke with d. ran out
9. ‘You should bring a gift if you’re invited to a Swede’s home' ‘Wow! _____________’
a. This looks so cute! b. I didn’t know that.
c. I remember. d. Certainly!
10. ‘Could you tell me a bit about Korean table manners?’ - ‘_____________’
a. Of course! b. Perhaps you should.
c. Interesting! d. It’s a good idea.
IV. Complete the sentences with the correct form or tense of the verbs in the box.
admire wrap worship pass pray
take off decorate reflect reunite break
1. She _____________ the present in red paper and tied it with yellow ribbon.
2. I’m not interested in gardening, but I really _____________ a beautiful garden.
3. The culture of xoe dancing _____________ Thai people’s lifestyle and culture.
4. We decided _____________ with tradition and go away for Tet holidays.
5. People often _____________ down family traditions from generation to generation.
6. Almost every Vietnamese household sets an altar _____________ their ancestors.
7. It is considered very impolite not _____________ your shoes before entering a house in Japan.
8. Lots of people come back _____________ their families during Tet Holiday.
9. My mother enjoys _____________ our home with various ornamental plants.
10. Let’s _____________ for a year filled with good health, happiness, safety, peace and love.
V. Match the two halves to make a full sentence.
1. In Vietnam, it is not uncommon a. everyone will give moon cakes to their parents,
relatives or friends.
2. If you are invited to a Swede’s home, b. not having fireworks on New Year’s Eve.
3. It’s our tradition at Mid-Autumn festival that c. you should bring a gift such as chocolates,
flowers or liquors as the Swedish gift giving
custom.
4. It’s the custom in Mexico to d. you take off your shoes before going into a
house.
5. My province broke with tradition by e. for three generations to be living together
under one roof.
6. It’s an old custom in many birthday parties f. Ao dai is most commonly worn by women at
that school, work and on special occasions.
7. Considered as the symbol of Vietnamese g. the birthday cake is decorated with lighted
tradition, candles.
8. There is a custom in Japan that h. tip 10% for passable service and 15% for good
service.
VI. Complete the sentences with should or shouldn’t.
1. In Japan, you _____________ point at people or things because it’s considered rude.
2. When invited to a Vietnamese home, you _____________ bring gifts wrapped in brightly coloured
paper.
3. You _____________ stand up chopsticks in your food between mouthfuls or when finished - it
resembles incense sticks that are burned in memory of the dead.
4. You _____________ sweep your house on the first three days of the new year because all your
money and success will be swept out too.
5. You _____________ smile and say “thank you” when receiving a gift.
6. When travelling on public transport, you _____________ avoid loud phone conversations.
7. When visiting Thailand, you _____________ mention the King and do anything that’s disrespectful.
8. You _____________ take your shoes off when entering homes or temples.
9. You _____________ use both hands when giving and receiving things.
10. When dining in Thailand, you _____________ eat with your fork, but do use it to push food onto
your spoon.
VII. Underline the correct option.
1. It takes a / an / the hour and a half to travel from here to Hoi An Ancient Town.
2. It’s bad luck to sweep your house on a / the / 0 first three days of the new year.
3. There is a / an / 0 custom in Japan that you take off your shoes before going into a house.
4. When travelling on a / the / 0 public transport, you should avoid loud phone conversation.
5. You should smile and say “thank you” when receiving a / an / the gift.
6. Please don’t wear hat when entering 0 / a / the homes or temples.
7. The Elephant Racing Festival is a / 0 / the biggest cultural festival in Central Highlands.
8. We went to an / the / 0 Indian restaurant yesterday to explore their cuisine.
9. You shouldn’t mention the / 0 / a king of Thailand or do anything disrespectful.
10. In Viet Nam, you don’t have to take the / a / an deep bow as you do in Japan.
11. In 0 / a / the Viet Nam, it’s common for 0 / a / the three generations to be living together under
one roof.
12. It’s a / an / the old custom in many birthday parties that a / an / the birthday cake is decorated
with lighted candles.
VIII. Complete the sentences with a, an, the or 0 for zero article.
1. Don’t come to work late! _____________ Japanese take punctuality seriously.
2. Nicky only knows how to use _____________ spoon, he can’t use chopsticks.
3. In India, _____________ food isn’t seen clean once it touches your plate.
4. The carnival in Rio de Janeiro is _____________ colourful festival held every year.
5. Young people should play _____________ active role in preserving customs and traditions.
6. Most Vietnamese return _____________ home for Tet as it’s the most important festival in Viet
Nam.
7. On Tet Holiday, Vietnamese people offer their ancestors _____________ five-fruit tray.
8. We put _____________ ornamental tree in front of our house to bring fortune and avoid devil.
9. In Thailand, _____________ head is seen as _____________ most sacred part of the body.
10. In many countries, you must wear _____________ seat belt in the car - it’s _____________ law.
IX. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. My extended family has a tradition of having the reunions every summer.
A. My extended family B. a
C. the D. every summer
2. On Halloween, children in us wear different costumes and go asking for sweets.
A. Halloween B. us C. different costumes D. sweets
3. People celebrate Nyepi by spending an 24-hour period of silence and meditation.
A. People B. Nyepi C. an D. silence and meditation
4. Chew and shallow all a food in your mouth before talking or taking a drink.
A. a B. your mouth C. talking D. a
5. The couple is going to hire a MC to host their wedding ceremony next month.
A. The B. a C. their D. next month
6. The photography is strictly prohibited at some sacred places in Asian countries.
A. The B. some C. places D. Asian countries
7. The most popular and widely-regconised Vietnamese national costume is an Ao dai.
A. The B. widely-recognised C. Vietnamese D. an
8. Hoi An Lantern Festival takes place monthly - on 14th day of each lunar month.
A. Hoi An Lantern Festival B. monthly
C. 14th day D. each
X. Complete the text with a / an, the or 0 for zero article.
Hanbok is (1) ______ Korean word that refers to traditional Korean clothing. Hanbok is one of
(2) ______ most beautiful fashion styles in (3) ______ world and has been beloved for over 2,000
years. Although there have been (4) ______ changes throughout its history, the hanbok is still worn
today in Korea for celebrations, weddings, birthdays, and milestones, and represents (5) ______
aesthetic of the Korean people.
The embroidered patterns and the colors used on hanbok represented the ceremonial nature
of the hanbok and social status. Peonies, for example, are often found on wedding dresses to
represent (6) ______ honor and wealth, while dragons and phoenixes were Korean hanbok patterns
reserved for (7) ______ royal clothing.
The colors used in hanbok come from (8) ______ Korean “five colors theory” (“obangsaek” in
Korean), which are based off the harmony between (9) ______ yin and yang and the five elements.
Hanbok’s design also highlights the textures of the natural, hand- woven fabric and the decorations
that mimic flowers, butterflies, and other elements of (10) ______ nature.
XI. Complete each sentence with an appropriate preposition.
1. Today we’re going to learn ______ customs and traditions.
2. People in Bac Ninh are really looking forward ______ the Lim Festival.
3. They still follow the custom ______ pinning money to the bride’s dress.
4. Vietnamese women often wear ao dai ______ special ocassions.
5. We decided to break ______ tradition and have fish for Thanksgiving dinner.
6. They take their shoes ______ when entering the house to avoid getting the floor dirty.
7. According to tradition, we have fireworks ______ New Year’s Eve.
8. It is the custom in that country ______ women to marry young.
9. We often talk about our day at school or work ______ the dinner table.
10. Gifts should be wrapped ______ colourful paper.

c. SPEAKING
I. Complete the dialogue with the appropriate phrases or sentences (A - H).
A. What should I do at the dinner table?
B. Try to finish everything on your plate.
C. and do not sit down until the oldest member has seated.
D. Do you mind If I ask you something
E. place your chopsticks or spoon on your bowl or plate.
F. You can ask whatever you want.
G. Do I have to wear formal clothes?
H. What should I do when I'm invited to a Vietnamese house for a meal?
Maria: Hi, Mai! I’m going to take a trip to Viet Nam next month.
(1) ______________________________________ about Vietnamese customs and etiquette?
Mai: Not at all. (2) __________________________________________________________________
Maria: (3) __________________________________________________________________________
Mai: Well, perhaps you should bring a small gift, such as flowers, fruits or sweets wrapped in
colourful paper.
Maria: I will. And what should I wear? (4) _________________________________________________
Mai: No. Just dress conservatively.
Maria: (5) ________________________________________________________________________
Mai: Wait to be shown where to sit (6) _______________________________________________
Maria: Sure. I’ll remember that one. What else?
Mai: (7) ___________________________ Leaving food on your plate is considered impolite...
When you have finished eating, (8) ____________________________________________________
Maria: Thanks for all.
II. Rearrange the sentences to make a complete conversation.
___ Thanks for teaching me. How about the customs before a meal? I’m a little nervous...
___ No. We sit on a mat with foods on a tray in the middle. Everyone has a bowl and a pair of
chopsticks.
___ Let’s see if I can follow you!
___ No, in my parents’ house. We’ll have a big meal with my family members.
___ Yes, you can use a spoon, but no fork and knife. I’ll teach you to use chopsticks.
___ In your parents’ house? But I don’t know your table manners.
_1_ Hey Jennifer! I would like to invite you to our dinner this Saturday.
___ Chopsticks? I don’t know how to use them. Is there any fork, knife or spoon?
___ Don’t worry! You’re a foreigner, so you don’t have to know the manners clearly.
___ Wow, that’s nice. Where? In a restaurant?
___ It’ll be OK, Jennifer! Just follow my directions when we get home.
___ I should learn something first though. Do you sit around a table?

d. READING
I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.
simply bow given rather addressing usual wai with
Thais often greet one another with a wai - a palms-together gesture accompanied by a (1)
_________, slight bend of knees and smile. ‘Khun’ is used as a prefix, instead of Mr and Ms when (2)
________ people. It can be used for both males and females. For example, a 30-year-old male,
Kullawat Chaowanawatee, will (3) _________be Khun Kullawat. Every Thai has a nickname, and once
you are more familiar with people it is (4) _________for them to encourage you to call them by their
nickname instead of their first name. Most Thai nicknames are single syllable words which are (5)
_________ from birth and can be Thai or English words, colours, fruits, or shortenings of their first
name.
 Thais don’t use ‘please’, ‘thank you’ and ‘hello’. Instead of saying ‘thank you’, ‘hello’ or ‘good
bye’, many Thais simply smile or offer a (6) _________. The equivalent of ‘please’ in Thai is complex
and varies (7) _________ the rank and status one is speaking to. Many Thais ask ‘where are you
going?’ (8) _________ than saying ‘How are you?’
II. Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answers.
GIFT-GIVING CUSTOMS IN VIETNAM
Gift giving is important in Vietnam because of the significance of interpersonal relationships in
Vietnamese culture.
First and foremost, do not encourage corruption. There is a clear cut between giftgiving and
bribery. Nevertheless, it is common in Vietnam for exchanging small gifts on certain occasions such as
anniversary, Tet holiday... to express your respect, love, appreciation or gratitude.
Gift-giving customs depend on the context. If it is a private gift for one Vietnamese partner you
should give the gift at a private occasion. If you have a gift for the whole office or company, you
should give it after the business meeting with the whole office’s employee.
Do not wrap a gift in the black paper because this colour is unlucky and associated with
funerals in Vietnam. Gifts that symbolize cutting such as scissors, knives and other sharp objects
should be avoided because they mean the cutting of the relationship.
Vietnamese may or may not open these gifts when they are received; leave the option to
them. You will also receive gifts and should defer to your host as to whether you should open it when
received or not. Regardless of when it is opened or what it is, profuse thanks are always appropriate.
1. According to the passage, why is gift giving important in Vietnam?
a. Because it helps to establish a friendship.
b. Because it’s common in Vietnamese culture.
c. Because it’s the best way to build up a stable relationship.
d. Because personal relationships play a vital role in Vietnamese culture.
2. Which of the followings should not be a reason for gift giving?
a. To show appreciation b. To bribe somebody
c. To express gratitude d. To show affection
3. When giving a gift, you should _________.
a. wrap it in black or white paper
b. give it in the business meeting
c. never give sharp objects, such as knives or scissors
d. avoid giving it at a private occasion
4. When receiving a gift, you should _________.
a. always say “thank you” b. try to find what is it
c. open it in front of the giver d. ask your host to open it
5. Which of the following is NOT true about gift giving customs in Vietnam?
a. Gift giving is a good way of strengthening relationships.
b. Gifts for your partners should be given at private occasions.
c. You should avoid giving anything sharp.
d. It is considered rude not to open the gift in front of the giver.

e. WRITING
I. Make sentences from the cues given.
1. If/ you/ visit/ Vietnamese home/ you/ should/ bring/ small gift.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. Known as/ ojigil bowing/ be/ important custom/ Japan.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. The Vietnamese/ shake hands/ both/ when/ greet/ and/ when/ say/ good-bye.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. Women/ Japan/ mainly/ wear/ kimono/ special occasions/ like/ wedding ceremonies.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. It/ usually/ take/ us/ hour/ travel/ motorbike/ Ha Giang/ see/ buckwheat flower.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. we/ have to/ follow/ tradition/ clean/ house/ before/ Tet?
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. Canadian people/ celebrate/ Thanksgiving/ second Monday/ October.
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. We/ have/ family tradition/ eat dinner/ together/ New Year’s Eve.
___________________________________________________________________________________
II. Rewrite the sentences without changing their meaning. Use the words in brackets.
1. Although Hue is far from Ha Noi, Peter often travels to Ha Noi by motorbike. (but)
 Hue
2. Christian went to Soc Trang to join Ok Om Bok Festival. (because)
 Christian
3. My mother is really interested in admiring the flowers in spring. (fond)
 My mother
4. He should join the festival in order to play Vietnamese folk games. (so)
 He
5. Let’s put a kumquat ưee in our yard on Tet Holiday. (suggested)
 The children
6. I think we should visit flower villages to watch the blooming flowers. (idea)
 It’s a
7. Huong Pagoda Festival is more interesting than other festivals in my opinion. (most)
 Huong Pagoda Festival
8. They don’t have much knowledge about American table manners. (a little)
 They only
9. Brian was really interested in Vietnamese cultural and spiritual events. (interest)
 Brian
10. What about going to Dien Bien to see the Hoa Ban Festival? (we)
 Why
TEST FOR UNIT 5
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from that of the others
1. a. wrap b. worship c. wear d. wife
2. a. chopstick b. tradition c. knife d. gift
3. a. land b. thank c. longevity d. ceremony
4. a. tray b. party c. place d. table
5. a. coastal b. custom c. compliment d. circle
II. Complete each sentence with a suitable word. The first letter is given.
1. Good table m_______________ make for a more pleasant meal!
2. Many family t_______________ have been passed down through generations.
3. We are Christian, so our family has the c_______________ of giving presents at Christmas.
4. We decided to b_______________ with tradition and have fish for Thanksgiving dinner.
5. The tradition of ancestor w_______________ stretches back thousands of years.
6. Vietnamese people often go to the pagoda to p_______________ for a lucky new year.
7. They hang a red l_______________ in front of the door to drive off bad luck.
8. Many people gathered in front of the shop to watch the lion dance p_______________.
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. There’s a tradition of having parties _________ Christmas.
a. on b. at c. in d. for
2. Shishimai, the Japanese traditional lion dance, is performed to bring good luck and _________ evil
spirits.
a. run after b. drive for c. take down d. chase away
3. _________ British customs and traditions are famous all over the world.
a. 0 b. The c. Any d. A
4. Christmas Eve is the day _________ people in some countries exchange their presents.
a. that b. which c. what d. when
5. Family meals allow for conversation and strengthen the _________.
a. family members b. family gathering c. family bond d. family reunion
6. In a _________ with tradition, the ceremony did not take place in Rome, but in Seoul.
a. keeping b. practice c. break d. form
7. The villagers put _________ bamboo pole in the front yard of _________ communal house.
a. a - the b. a - a c. the - a d. the – the
8. You _________ place your chopsticks on your rice bowl when finished with a meal. Don’t rest them
on the table.
a. shouldn’t b. could c. should d. mustn’t
9. In the UK, families often celebrate Christmas together, _________ they can watch each other open
their presents.
a. though b. so c. because d. but
10. ‘We don’t sweep the floor on the first day of Tet.’ ‘_________ Why?’
a. What a bad day! b. It’s a good idea. c. You’re right. d. You’re kidding!
IV. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. We have decided to travel to Da Nang by the plane to see the fireworks festival.
A. have decided B. to C. the plane D. the fireworks festival
2. According for tradition, the first person to enter the house on New Year’s Eve brings either good
luck or bad luck.
A. According for B. to enter C. brings D. or
3. The traditional Vietnamese wedding is one of the most important ceremony in Vietnamese culture.
A. traditional B. wedding C. ceremony D. culture
4. The Japanese are familiar with the western custom to eat a turkey dinner for Christmas.
A. are B. with C. to eat D. for
5. In Viet Nam the engagement is sometimes considered much important than the wedding.
A. In B. is C. much D. than
6. Dressing well is important in South Korea; it is considered a sign of respectful.
A. Dressing B. well C. considered D. respectful
7. The Malagasy have an unique tradition called Famadihana, or the “turning of the bones.”
A. The Malagasy B. an unique C. called D. or the
8. He asked me anxiously what he has to do when visiting a Vietnamese home.
A. anxiously B. has to C. visiting D. Vietnamese home
V. Supply the correct tense and form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Last week, we ________________ (have) dinner with a French family.
2. I hate eating with spoon because it ________________ (cause) trouble when I eat fish.
3. In the past, both men and women ________________ (wear) ao dai.
4. The speaker ________________ (give) a presentation on Vietnamese customs and traditions right
now.
5. She can’t join the family gathering as she ________________ (travel) to Europe this weekend.
6. Our family ________________ (have) dinner together every Saturday night. It’s our family tradition.
7. I hope I ________________ (have) a chance to visit your country soon.
8. When in Japan, you should avoid ________________ (eat) on the go.
9. I think you should ________________ (go) to the doctor. You look terrible.
10. The Japanese tend ________________ (use) their mobile phones discreetly when in public.
VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. ________________ when dining, South Koreans use cushions to sit on the floor and eat from a low
table. (tradition)
2. Hung Kings’ Temple Festival attracts lots of festival ________________ every year. (go)
3. Tet is the privileged occasion for family members to ________________. (reunion)
4. Before every Christmas, we often go shopping for tree ________________. (ornamental)
5. ________________ for the Lunar New Year begin weeks before the festival. (prepare)
6. The children in our family are always ________________ to their elders. (respect)
7. Custom ________________ from tradition in some aspects such as scale and time. (different)
8. The tribe has different ________________ masks for each ceremony. (ceremony)
9. At the end of the service, a lot of ________________ streamed down to the altar. (worship)
10. We decorated the house with flowers and ________________ lights. (decorate)
VII. Match the questions with the answers.
1. Hi, Dan. How was your trip to Italy? a. I did but Italian table manners are so
complicated.
2. I heard you had a new friend. Is she Italian? b. Yeah. I was a bit confused about Italian table
manners.
3. You went to her home? How exciting! c. Yes. Her name’s Sofia. I went to her home
last Saturday.
4. How was the dinner? d. Oh, it was great.
5. Why? Was there any problem? e. Well, I was invited for dinner.
6. Really? Why not search them on Google f. You’re kidding! But thank you anyway.
 beforehand?
7. And now? Do you know everything about them? g. The food was good, but I felt somewhat
embarrassed.
8. I can help you to practice it. Let’s go to an Italian h. No, not everything. However, I’ll try my best
restaurant. next time.
VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
Vietnamese people often enjoy sharing a meal with the whole family. The meal is often shared
with loved ones over a lot of (1) ________________. They eat from bowls and use chopsticks and
spoons but chopsticks still remain as the most popular means of eating. Learn how to use chopsticks
and how to put them (2) ________________when not using. For instance, you should place them
neatly on the table or on the bowl when breaking to drink or speak. When finished (3)
________________ a meal, rest your chopsticks on your rice bowl. Sticking the chopsticks straight up
from a bowl of rice is a taboo because it indicates (4) ________________incense. It is also best to
keep in mind that (5) ________________the chopsticks on the side of a bowl is considered rude.
You should also wait to be seated in the dining table and ask the elders to eat first (6) _____________
this is a mark of honor to them. The women normally sit right next to the rice cooker to serve rice for
the diners. It is a common table (7) ________________ and a sign of affection and care to pick up
food for each other.
Before starting the meal, Vietnamese have a catchphrase: “Chúc mọi người ăn ngon miệng”. It
means “Have a nice meal”. This not only shows your politeness (8) ________________ also your
eagerness before enjoying the food.
1. a. laugh b. laughing c. laughed d. laughter
2. a. cleanly b. easily c. properly d. mainly
3. a. with b. by c. to d. up
4. a. holiday b. birthday c. wedding d. funeral
5. a. fitting b. kicking c. tapping d. cutting
6. a. although b. because c. as long as d. when
7. a. setting b. manner c. dining d. style
8. a. but b. so c. and d. or
IX. Read the text carefully, then answer the questions.
BRITISH STRANGE FOOD HABITS
 Perhaps you know about some of the food that British people eat, but do you know about
their strange food habits? People from different parts of the UK and from different classes call their
meals by different names. They call the midday meal, lunch or dinner and the evening meal, dinner,
supper or tea. Tea is also sandwiches, cakes and tea (the drink) at four or five o’clock. What do the
British eat when they want something quick and easy? Baked beans, of course! You must warm them
in a pan and eat them on toast.
Cheddar cheese is so popular in Britain that people run after it down a hill! This is a very
strange English sport. You can see it once a year in Coopers Hill. There are four races, three for men
and one for women. At the start of the race someone drops a big, round cheese down a very, very
steep hill. About 15 racers run and jump after it. The first person to get to the bottom of the hill gets
the cheese.
There is another strange race that the British have. It is a special Pancake Day race. Only
women can run in the race. They must run with a pancake in a frying pan and throw it in the air three
times. After the race, many English families eat pancakes with lemon juice and sugar.
Be careful if you have Christmas dinner with a British family - some of their Christmas customs
are risky! Be very careful! Eat the Christmas pudding slowly if you don’t want to eat a coin! When they
are making their delicious dessert, British people put a coin in the mixture. The person who finds the
coin in their pudding will be rich and happy.
1. What do the British call the evening meal?
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. What do the British have with baked beans?
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. How often do they hold the Cheddar cheese sport event?
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. What is the prize if you win the Cheddar cheese race?
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. Who can take part in a pancake race?
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. Why is it dangerous to eat Christmas pudding?
__________________________________________________________________________________
X. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.
1. French people like to drink coffee at breakfast.
 The
2. I would like you to help me to put the chair away.
 Do you mind
3. They live really far from their home town, but they show up at every family reunion.
 Although
4. Is it really necessary for us to finish the work today?
 Do we
5. Learning about other cultures is one of my interests.
 I’m
6. Our family has a custom of watching the fireworks on New Year’s Eve.
 It’s the
7. It’s very difficult to leave here after such a long time.
 It isn’t
8. Let’s get together and talk about our presentation before we do it in class.
 Why
 UNIT 6.
LIFESTYLES
A. PHONETICS
I. Say the words aloud, then circle the correct sound.
__other __ay __eakfast __idge
im__ove __ead __ogramme __epare
cele__ate __ecious __occoli __oblem
__actice __iefly __algea ex__ess
/br/ /pr/

II. Complete the sentences with the words in part I. Then read them aloud.
1. My ________________ wants to find a course that can ________________ his social skills.
2. They always ________________ to God before ________________, lunch and dinner.
3. Did you have to ________________ for your upcoming ________________ test?
4. This new ________________ can give people useful advice to solve ________________.
5. She has a weird habit of eating a slice of ________________ with ________________.
6. The police ________________ explained what happened to the ________________ diamond.
7. It is a common ________________ here to ________________ Christmas with family.
8. The mayor ________________ his desire to build a new ________________ in town.

B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR

I. Match the word or phrase with its definition.
1. lifestyle a. a usual or accepted way of doing things
2. native art b. the way in which someone lives and works
3. dogsled c. to have something happen to you, or to do or feel something
4. tribal dance d. the artwork created by the traditional people inhabiting a land
 5. greeting e. a vehicle that slides over snow and is pulled by dogs
6. mushers f. a dance practised by a certain tribal group
7. common practice g. people who drive dogsleds
8. experience h. a usual or accepted way of doing things
III. Complete the sentences with the words and phrases from the box.
weaving common practice crafts tribal dance mushers
healthy lifestyle street food experience dogsleds native art
1. The villagers mainly make a living by making traditional ________________.
2. The tourists are excited because they will ________________ driving a dogsled.
3. Those local artisans are skillful at ________________ bamboo baskets.
4. The museum displays a collection of ________________ from different tribes in Australia.
5. ________________ are often used as a type of freight transportation in Alaska.
6. In the United States, it is ________________ to leave a tip for a service provider.
7. Banh mi is one of the best ________________ in Vietnam.
8. Kapa Haka is the traditional ________________ of the Maori people of New Zealand.
9. The Iditarod Trail Sled Dog Race attracts many ________________ from all over the world.
10. You should adopt a ________________ that includes regular exercise, a balanced diet, and proper
sleep.
III. Complete the sentences with the correct words. Use the pictures as a clue.
1. To conduct ________________ learning you need to have access to
the internet.

2. When we see someone we know, we usually exchange __________.

 3. An ________________ is a house made from blocks of hard snow or
ice.

4. My mother often makes ________________ with ketchup.

5. They were skilled in the ________________ of bamboo baskets.

6. That race, called Centennial Iditarod, attracted 59

7. They perform Quan Ho ________________ songs in traditional

festivals in Bac Ninh.

8. Jenny is interested in making paper ________________.

IV. Complete the sentences with the future simple form of the verbs in the box.
take visit celebrate stay have win
not attend help not do not tell join not choose
1. I think that I ________________ the concert tomorrow night. I feel sick.
2. She ________________ cereals for breakfast if there’s nothing else in the fridge.
3. ______ you ______ us for the after-party when the show finishes?
4. The tour guide ________________ the tourists to the famous Bat Trang Pottery Village.
5. The teacher is sure that most students ________________ to study online.
6. _______ Peter _______ us with the project on greetings around the world?
7. _______ you _______ in an igloo when you travel to Alaska?
8. My family ________________ our relatives in the south of France this summer.
9. I will stay at home the whole Sunday and I ________________ anything at all.
10. She ________________ this spelling bee contest if she spells the last word correctly.
11. How _______ Jack _______ New Year in a foreign country?
12. Please promise that you ________________ my secret to anyone in class.
V. Reorder the words to make sentences.
1. will/ tribal groups/ culture/ This project/ revive/ help/ their/ to/ the
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. you/ exercise/ your/ If/ have to/ you/ about/ regularly/ health/ worry/ won’t
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. I/ the UK/ hopes/ to attend/ that/ come/ My sister/ will/ graduation ceremony/ her/ to
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. the/ traditional dances/ villagers/ festival/ perform/ Will/ tonight’s/ at?
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. we/ beef dishes/ guests/ happy/ if/ Our/ them/ Indian/ with/ be/ serve/ won’t
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. spring festival/ your class/ week/ song/ school’s/ sing/ the/ Which/ at/ next/ will?
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. The/ them/ Easter eggs/ and/ the/ parents/ look/ hide/ will/ for/ children/ the/ will
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. raining/ won’t/ heavily/ picnic/ It’s/ today/ outside/ have/ the/ we/ beach/ so/ at/ a
___________________________________________________________________________________
VI. Underline the correct answer.
1. Will they apply / Are they applying / Do they apply advanced technology in agriculture in the
future?
2. Let’s hang out! I am not doing / don't do / won't do anything today.
3. The online conference starts / will start / is starting at 8 o’clock on Friday.
4. Do they broadcast / Are they broadcasting / Will they broadcast that documentary at 10 o’clock this
Saturday?
5. Do we experience / Are we experiencing / Will we experience a daily life in a fishing village in our
next trip?
6. Where are you going / will you go / do you go this summer vacation, Becky?
7. Cindy has to study hard because she will take / takes / is taking exams next week.
8. The villagers gather to watch the daily news which will begin / is beginning / begins at 7 p.m.
9. I think many mushers aren't coming / don't come / won't come because of the sudden snowstorm.
10. You are mistaken. The movie won't start / isn't starting / doesn't start at 5. It’s at 6.
11. Sorry, the museum is closed. ~ I will return / return / am returning tomorrow.
12. We will plan /plan / are planning to visit Duong Lam Ancient Village this Tet.
VII. Complete the sentences with the verbs in brackets, using the first conditional.
1. The host will offer you foods and drinks if he ________________ (invite) you to his home.
2. If you come to the gallery on Monday, you ________________ (not see) the collection of native art.
3. What will those tourists do if the tribal chief ________________ (ask) them to dance?
4. The Japanese customer ________________ (not be) pleased if you don’t greet her the right way.
5. ________________ (you / keep) everything in the kitchen clean if I let you bake there?
6. If you use your smartphone too much, you ________________ (have) eye problems.
7. Will it help to reduce the farmers’ workload if they ______________ (use) the combine harvester?
8. My mom ________________ (allow) me to study Korean if my test results are good.
9. At this restaurant, if the customers are rude, the waiters ________________ (not serve) them any
dishes.
10. If An ________________ (not learn) British table manners, he will make mistakes during dinner
time.
VIII. Fill in each blank with IF or UNLESS.
1. Samantha’s parents won’t let her join the field trip _________ she gets good marks.
2. _________ the festival attracts many tourists, it will create more jobs for the villagers.
3. _________ you keep eating too much fast food, you will get overweight.
4. We will arrive at the theatre 30 minutes late _________ we go right now.
5. Visitors will have to drive on the left _________ they travel to Singapore.
6. The kid won’t get any new toys _________ he learns to respect old people.
7. _________ this project succeeds, our traditional arts and crafts will be revived.
8. A musher will provide us with a dogsled ride _________ the snow falls too heavily.
9. _________ there are special occasions, the tribes won’t perform the tribal dances.
10. They will try the street food at this night market _________ they are still hungry.
11. You will experience playing the bagpipes _________ you travel to Scotland.
12. _________ the weather is bad, their wedding ceremony will be held in the county park.
IX. Make sentences from the cues given, using the first conditional.
1. If/ Katie/ visit/ Thanh Ha Pottery Village/ she/ make/ ceramic vase.
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. that athlete/ donate/ his prize money/ his home town/ if/ he/ win/ competition?
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. People/ develop/ spine disorders/ unless/ they/ sit and walk/ properly.
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. I/ take/ walk/ around/ my neighbourhood/ if/I/ not have/ anything else/ do.
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. Unless/ there/ be/ storm/ the tourists/ go boating/ Lake Tahoe.
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. The child/ not be/ allowed/ go out/ Sunday/ unless/ he/ behave/ better/ class.
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. He/ think/ he/ have/ stomachache/ if/ he/ eat/ famous/ Italian/ blue cheese.
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. We/ not arrive/ on time/ the opening ceremony/ unless/ we/ take/ the taxi.
__________________________________________________________________________________
9. If/ no one/ choose/ this topic/ those students/ give/ a presentation/ Mongolians.
__________________________________________________________________________________
10. Unless/ Martha/ learn/ English/ seriously/ she/ not get/ job/ she/ want.
__________________________________________________________________________________
X. Match the sentences.
1. If we have enough time, a. it will badly affect your health.
 2. Unless there is a power outage, b. unless there are special occasions.
3. Will you pick up the phone c. unless the local authority takes serious action.
4. We will be able to see the full moon d. if I call you at around 7 p.m.?
5. Floating lanterns are forbidden in the area e. students will do the online test at the school’s
computer lab.
6. If more tourists visit the village, f. they can maintain their traditional arts and
crafts.
7. If you don’t pay attention to your diet, g. we will organise a series of folk games during
the festival
8. Some of the old customs will disappear h. if the clouds don’t cover the sky.
XI. Use the correct form of the word given to complete each sentence.
1. The villagers asked the tourists to join in the ________________ dance. (tribe)
2. The traditional ________________ of the Maori in New Zealand is really interesting. (greet)
3. Although they both speak English, lifestyles can ________________ between the US and the UK.
(different)
4. It’s ________________ to learn about different lifestyles around the world. (fascinate)
5. Tourists love this restaurant because it uses ________________ grown vegetables. (local)
6. Let’s discuss the ________________ of our presentation on the Native Americans. (introduce)
7. The Indians often ________________ curry with rice and bread. (service)
8. Despite modern technology, the villagers try to preserve their ______________ traditions. (culture)
9. The British ________________ have a tea break in the afternoon. (typical)
10. The group will present a Korean traditional _____________ called buknori drum dance. (perform)
XII. Complete each sentence with an appropriate preposition.
1. In the US, do you call someone _____________ their first name or last name?
2. My father is _____________ the habit of reading a newspaper every morning.
3. Vietnamese people often buy breakfast from vendors _____________ the street.
4. The lifestyle in the countryside is very different _____________ that in the city.
5. Carol prefers studying online because she likes staying home.
6. If we’re not _____________ a hurry, we will visit some night markets in Bangkok.
7. Is dogsled still being used _____________ a means of transport in Alaska?
8. Which country is famous _____________ tulips and windmills?
9. Pad thai is often served _____________ lime and crushed roasted peanuts.
10. Which country does she come _____________? She always greets others by bowing.

c. SPEAKING
I. Complete the conversation with the appropriate sentences (A-H)
A. What other activities do you have?
B. Yes. It's the time for everyone to enjoy with friends and families.
C. I can't wait until Sunday!
D. Of course. I'd love to.
E. How're things in England?
F. I'll teach you some of our interesting traditions.
G. Sure. There are so many things for me to experience.
H. What do the British usually eat at Easter?
Alex: Hi, Khanh. (1) ____________________________________________________
Khanh: Everything is good. I really like it here. The lifestyle is different from that in my country.
Alex: Really?
Khanh: (2) ____________________________________________________
Alex: I’m glad to hear that. Hey, would you like to come to my house on Sunday?
Khanh: (3) ____________________________________________________What occasion is it?
Alex: We’re having dinner to celebrate Easter.
Khanh: How interesting! (4) ____________________________________________________
Alex: Roast lamb is our traditional main dish, and we like serving it with vegetables.
Khanh: Yummy. Does everyone in the family gather for Easter?
Alex: (5) ____________________________________________________
Khanh: I see. (6) ____________________________________________________
Alex: Well, my favourite one is the Easter Egg hunt. The parents will hide eggs around the house, then
the children will look for them.
Khanh: That’s fascinating. (7) ____________________________________________________
Alex: Me too. (8) ____________________________________________________
Khanh: That would be nice. See you!
Alex: Okay. See you!
II. Put the sentences into the correct order.
___ Well, I find studying online more convenient because the English centre is very far from my
house.
___ Yes, certainly. However, it’s easy to concentrate when learning online.
_1_ What were you doing at 10 a.m. yesterday, Susan?
___ Of course there are. Last week when I was studying online, the power went off.
___ I was studying English online.
___ Half of it. Do you think that technology will negatively affect our way of learning?
___ Online? Why don’t you go to classroom?
___ You’re right. Well, it’s time for my online maths class. I’ll see you later.
___ OK. Enjoy your lesson!
___ I see. But I prefer studying offline because I can meet and talk with other classmates.
___ I agree with you on this. Are there any disadvantages to online learning?
___ Oh no. Did you miss the whole lesson?
___ Maybe. I think students will depend too much on their smartphone and laptop.

d. READING
I. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase from the box.
tend concentrated outgoing attachment
benefit nature junk food effects
Lifestyle is a way of living. It is how we live our everyday life. Lifestyles can be classified into
many categories.
* Active Lifestyle: If you are (1) _______________ or extroverted, this is your lifestyle. An
active lifestyle includes exercising, socialising, and doing the work you love. It makes you feel good.
* Healthy Lifestyle: A healthy lifestyle includes eating nutritious food. You avoid (2)
_______________ or fast food. To keep your body active, you eat a nutritious diet. This diet keeps
you energetic.
* Solo Lifestyle: People who like to be alone (3) _______________ to have this lifestyle. These
people like to earn, travel, eat, etc., alone. This makes them more responsible.
 * Rural Lifestyle: Rural lifestyle is followed in villages. The daily routine of these people
includes doing farm-related work. They live close to (4) _______________. It is a peaceful way of
living life. Some people are happier to live this kind of lifestyle, with no glamour and no social status.
* Urban Lifestyle: Urban lifestyle is more (5) _______________ in cities. This is a fast-paced
lifestyle. City life is often tough but exciting. If you want a fast-paced, exciting life, then this is for you.
* Nomadic Lifestyle: A nomad is someone who wanders from one place to another. A nomadic
lifestyle avoids (6) _______________ with anything. As you move from place to place, you are
comfortable in that.
* Digital Lifestyle: People are going more and more digital as time passes. We know that the
digital lifestyle can (7) _______________ us in many ways. You can connect with way more people
than in real life. You can have way more opportunities than in real life. However, a digital lifestyle can
have harmful (8) _______________ as well.
II. Read the text carefully, then choose the correct answers.
For 3,000 years, Mongolians have lived in the rural areas, adopting a pastoral way of life,
moving in the search of new pastures. They depend largely on their livestock for a living and sustain
themselves with what they can get from the land. Today, approximately half of Mongolia’s population
is still roaming the vast plains living in the ger and moving their campings several times a year.
Nomadic life thrives in summer and survives in winter. When temperatures are warm, they work hard
on their farms to get milk and make airag (fermented mare’s milk), consuming meat from their
sheeps and goats. Once winter comes, temperatures dip extremely low and they stay indoors and
survive on horse meat.
With the rise of technology, changes in the Mongolian nomadic lifestyle are almost inevitable.
While they still lead their lifestyle as pastoral herders, many use motorbikes to herd cattle and horses.
To move their homes, trucks have taken the place of ox carts. Solar panels are also becoming an
addition to the ger, giving them access to electricity without being confined to one place. The nomads
use solar energy to power television sets and mobile phones.
1. Mongolians regularly move from place to place in order to _______________.
a. look for food for their family
b. find pastures for their livestock
c. herd their cattle and horses
d. sell their animals and farm products
2. How many Mongolians still live a traditional nomadic life?
a. Close to 40 percent b. More than 50 percent
c. About 50 percent d. Approximately 60 percent
3. Airag is _______________.
a. a beverage made from horse’s milk b. yoghurt made from camel’s milk
c. cheese made of cow’s milk d. cream made from horse’s milk
4. What is the Mongolian’s main food in winter?
a. airag b. goat meat c. sheep meat d. horse meat
5. Today, Mongolian nomads _______________.
a. don’t lead their lifestyle as herders any more
b. use ox carts to move their homes
c. use solar energy to power electronic devices
d. have the advantage of urban life
6. Which of the followings is NOT true about Mongolian nomads?
a. They live in the countryside.
b. They live by and for their livestock.
c. They work hard in winter when the temperature dip very low.
d. They are now taking advantage of technology.

e. WRITING
I. Reorder the words to make sentences.
1. It/ common practice/ a/ a/ you’re/ is/ house/ someone’s/ small gift/ invited/ to bring/ when/ to
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. how/ tribal dance/ are/ tourists/ The/ the/ their/ teaching/ to/ do/ native people
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. If/ the gallery/ enough/ we/ to/ native art/ we/ of/ have/ the collection/ will/ time/ see/ to/ go
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. traditional/ restaurant/ Indian cuisine/ well known/ That/ for/ is/ serving
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. Asian/ common/ greeting/ a/ countries/ Bowing/ way/ some/ of/ is/ in
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. heavily/ They/ falls/ will/ too/ spend/ snow/ a/ the/ night/ unless/ in/ igloo/ an
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. habit/ card/ people/ of/ everything/ Many/ paying/ young/ ỉn/ by/ the/ are
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. traditional/ struggling/ maintain/ Some/ their/ handicraft villages/ to/ lifestyle/ are
___________________________________________________________________________________
II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence
1. Learn the common greeting of the tribe, or you will disrespect them.
 If you
2. It’s easy to concentrate when learning online, so Mandy takes many online courses.
 Mandy
3. No other dances in the region are as impressive as this tribal dance.
 This tribal dance is the
4. Some people find it difficult to live a nomadic life.
 It’s
5. If those students don’t behave well, they won’t be allowed to go on a field trip.
 Unless
6. In spite of having no interest in native art, Sylvia still enjoyed the exhibition.
 Although
5. Does Bangkok have any night markets?
 Are
6. It’s good for us to maintain our traditional customs.
 We
7. The local people will have a leisurely coffee unless they are in a hurry.
 If
8. Why don’t we learn to make some traditional British dishes?
 Let’s
TEST FOR UNIT 6
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from that of the others
1. a. common b. become c. notice d. country
2. a. study b. adult c. hug d. student
3. a. handshake b. balance c. around d. Japan
4. a. bowed b. greeted c. called d. served
5. a. native b. simple c. practice d. tribal
II. Complete the sentences with a word or phrase from the box.
native art common practice lifestyle tribal dance greeting
in the habit of weaving street food dogsled interactive lessons
1. Those Alaskan huskies are specially trained for the _____________________ racing.
2. The region successfully promoted its culture by displaying a collection of _____________________.
3. They had a hard time getting used to the _____________________ of the city.
4. Many young people are _____________________ listening to music while studying.
5. Do you know any learning apps which I can have _____________________?
6. There are many interesting ways of _____________________ around the world.
7. The tourists gathered around the bonfire and watched the _____________________.
8. Going to work by bike has become a _____________________ in this small town.
9. The _____________________ in the night markets was the best part of my visit to Bangkok.
10. The art of carpet _____________________ in Iran originated more than 2,500 years ago.
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. The gondola is widely used _________ a means of transport in Venice.
a. like b. as c. to d. at
2. In Viet Nam, students usually greet teachers _________ their title, not their names.
a. for b. with c. on d. by
3. We’re learning about the role of spices in Indian _________ today.
a. cuisine b. cooking c. people d. serving
4. In the UK, fish and chips is often _________ with tartar sauce and vinegar.
a. tasted b. bought c. served d. made
5. _________ modern houses are more convenient, the villagers still keep their traditional communal
house.
a. Although b. Because c. If d. When
6. We usually have a _________ picnic lunch on Sunday, talking and lazing around.
a. normally b. leisurely c. hurriedly d. typically
7. What is your plan this summer? ~ I’m not sure. I think I _________ to the north.
a. am going b. go c. went d. will go
8. Most students said they didn’t like studying _________ because they couldn’t meet their friends.
a. live b. offline c. online d. directly
9. The local authority is thinking of a way to keep the tribal dances _________.
a. alive b. awake c. active d. existent
10. ‘Drinking black tea for breakfast is a longstanding British custom.’ - ‘_________’
a. Sure. You’re welcome. b. That’s fascinating!
c. Right. Good idea! d. Certainly, you’re right.
IV. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. I found it very excited to take part in the spring festival of Bai Dinh Pagoda.
A. found B. excited C. in D. of
2. I like both online learning or offline learning as each has its own advantages.
A. both B. or C. as D. has
3. Unless you don’t study hard enough, your marks in English will be low.
A. don’t study B. enough C. in D. will be
4. Every morning, my mom is busy cooking and preparing my lunchbox and she takes me to school.
A. Every B. cooking C. preparing D. she takes
5. Which greeting do you like much, kissing each other’s cheek or shaking hands?
A. Which greeting B. do C. much D. or
6. The native people have its own special styles of tribal dances and drumming.
A. The B. people C. its D. drumming
7. If the weather is pleasant, tourists probably walk around Hoi An Ancient Town.
A. If B. is C. probably walk D. Hoi An Ancient Town
8. Make pottery is a great way to experience the lifestyle of the artisans in the village.
A. Make pottery B. to experience C. of D. in
9. Curry is die popularest dish in India, which is served with rice or bread.
A. Curry B. popularest C. which D. with
10. We hope the new mayor do his best to maintain our traditional weaving in the future.
A. hope B. do C. to maintain D. weaving
V. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. The students are happy because they _________________ (take) the last test yesterday.
2. How often _________________ (she/ study) English online? ~ Twice a week.
3. The local authority _________________ (arrange) a meeting on promotion of the traditional craft
soon.
4. Why _________________ (you/ not answer) my phone call last night?
5. My mother _________________ (fly) home today. I hope she _________________ (join) Easter
dinner with me.
6. The Vietnamese generally _________________ (shake) hands both when greeting and saying good-
bye.
7. When I _________________ (be) a child, I _________________ (attend) Hung King Temple Festival
every year.
8. _________________ (he/ play) some folk games with us at tomorrow’s festival?
9. The tour guide recommended us _________________ (visit) Moc Chau in November.
10. At the moment, everyone is busy _________________ (review) for the final exam.
VI. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Could you tell me some _________________ means of transport around the world? (usual)
2. The _________________ of the event hopes to revive the traditional folk dance of the village.
(organise)
3. We found it lovely that the mountainous children greeted us _________________. (warm)
4. I didn’t receive any _________________ to join the class in Google Meet. (invite)
5. Online _________________ has both advantages and disadvantages. (learn)
6. The native people _________________ use basic tools to do the farming. (simple)
7. _________________ of culture can be achieved by keeping cultural elements, such as food,
clothing, shelter, and language. (preserve)
8. That athlete won’t be able to join the competition unless he _________________ better.
(behaviour)
9. In my country, we _________________ wave our hands to greet each other. (normal)
10. She’s highly _________________ in communicating with tribal groups. (experience)
VII. Complete the conversation with the appropriate sentences (A-E).
A. Definitely. I have more energy throughout the day, and I'm sleeping better at night.
B. Here's to a healthier lifestyle!
C. Yeah, I am trying to live a healthier lifestyle. I eat more fruits and vegetables, and I exercise
regularly.
D. That's a great start! And If you ever need some help, I'm here to support you.
E. I do a mix of cardio. I go for a jog or a bike ride a few times a week, and I do some
weightlifting too.
Hanh: Hi David, you seem fit and happy.
David: (1) __________________________________________________________________________
Hanh: That’s great to hear! What kind of exercises are you doing?
David: (2) __________________________________________________________________________
Hanh: That sounds like a great routine. Have you noticed any changes in how you feel?
David: (3) __________________________________________________________________________
Hanh: I think I’ll start by taking a walk every day and cutting back on processed foods.
David: (4) __________________________________________________________________________
Hanh: Thanks, I really appreciate it. (5) __________________________________________________
VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
The French generally eat three meals a day. Le petit dejeuner is a light breakfast and usually (1)
__________ of coffee or hot chocolate, fruit, cereals, bread or a croissant which is made of a flaky,
butter-based pastry. Lunch or le dejeuner takes (2) __________ between noon and 2 p.m and is the
main meal of the day. It usually begins with hors d'oeuvre or (3) __________. Meat or fish follows,
and the meal ends with cheese, fruit, or sometimes a dessert. The evening meal or le diner is a time
for the whole family to get (4) __________ and talk about their day. Depending on (5) __________
lunch was, dinner may have several courses and most dinners end with wine and a dessert of some
sort.
L'Aperitif is a national (6) __________ in France. It occurs before dinner where the family
gathers about a half an hour or so to (7) __________ a drink, a small appetizer, and conversation with
family, friends, and neighbors. It is an established (8) __________ activity which is enjoyed by people
of all ages and forms an important part of home life.
1. a. consists b. contains c. includes d. comprises
2. a. part b. through c. place d. aback
3. a. entrees b. desserts c. servers d. appetizers
4. a. out b. together c. up d. back
5. a. how long b. how much c. how big d. how far
6. a. greeting b. habit c. practice d. custom
7. a. share b. divide c. experience d. hold
8. a. sporting b. social c. outdoor d. communal
IX. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks.
Life in Coober Pedy
Located in the vast Outback of South Australia is the town of Coober Pedy, but don’t expect to
find a city skyline or tall apartment buildings. Because here, most of the roughly 2,500 residents live in
underground houses, eat in underground restaurants and even worship in underground churches.
Coober Pedy has just two gas stations, two grocery stores, a post office, a liquor store, and a
handful of hotels and shops catering to visitors. On the way into town, mounds of dirt discarded from
the mines give it an almost lunar landscape. Signs warn visitors of open mine shafts throughout the
area.
This part of the Outback receives little rainfall and temperatures have been recorded as high
as 50 degrees Celsius. Because of this, an estimated 60 percent of Coober Pedy residents took
inspiration from the mines and established their homes underground. Each one is carefully dug out
room by room. When more space is required, they can just continue digging, leading to some very
spacious residences. Temperatures underground are a comfortable 19 to 25 degrees Celsius. The
homes have working electricity, running cables back up to the surface along with pipes for fresh air.
Items are often recycled as building materials can be hard to come by. In addition to underground
homes, there are underground art galleries, restaurants and shops, as well as multiple underground
churches.
A. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ____ Coober Pedy is surrounded by a city skyline and tall apartment buildings.
2. ____ Most of the residents of Coober Pedy spend their daily life underground.
3. ____ There are many open mine shafts throughout the area.
4. ____ The residents live underground to avoid rainfall and cold temperature.
5. ____ The temperatures underground are the same as the ones outside.
6. ____ The residents often recycle Items because It’s hard to get building materials.
B. Answer the questions.
1. Where Is Coober Pcdy?
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. What gives Coober Pedy an almost lunar landscape?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. What do the residents do when they need more space for their house?
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. Do the underground homes have electricity?
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. What are other underground buildings besides the homes?
___________________________________________________________________________________
X. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the
words given.
1. Tim was sad at his bad mark because he spent a lot of time studying for the test. (so)
 Tim
2. My teacher suggested that I spend the summer in England. (advised)
 My teacher
3. Eating fast food is not as healthy as eating vegetables. (much)
 Eating vegetables
4. They will have a picnic by the lake tomorrow if they aren’t busy. (unless)
 They
5. Could I borrow your book about life of the nomads? (lend)
 Could
6. Learn the Korean table manners properly, or else you will cause misunderstanding. (if)
 You
7. Jennifer likes learning different traditional handicrafts. (into)
 Jennifer
8. No artisans in the village are as skilful as my grandfather. (the)
 My grandfather
9. It’s good for us to know more about our customs and traditions. (should)
 We
10. The children are always fascinated by nature programmes on TV. (find)
 The children when they watch them on TV.
TEST YOURSELF 2
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. staircase b. decorate c. communal d. receive
2. a. festival b. minority c. tribal d. title
3. a. offerings b. along c. longevity d. singer
4. a. detached b. offered c. joined d. called
5. a. garden b. villager c. gong d. pagoda
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern.
1. a. anniversary b. celebration c. ceremony d. decoration
2. a. custom b. bamboo c. lifestyle d. surname
3. a. enter b. visit c. harvest d. attend
4. a. ornamental b. reunion c. minority d. traditional
5 .a. native b. alive c. martial d. simple
III. Filling each blank with a suitable word. The first letter of the word has been provided.
1. Tet, or Lunar New Year, is the most important f________________ in Viet Nam.
2. In the UK, there are a lot of c________________ for table manners.
3. Most Vietnamese people have family altars to w________________ their ancestors.
4. This small town in Alaska offers tourists snowmobile tours and d________________ rides.
5. Apricot blossoms and peach blossoms are typical o________________ trees at Tet.
6. Xoan singing is traditional f________________ singing originating from the northern province of
Phu Tho.
7. The ceremony involved meeting the village chief as well as viewing and participating in a
t________________ dance.
8. In Thai Hai village, there are about 30 s________________ houses of the Tay ethnic group.
9. Millions of Japaneses visit home towns for family r________________ during the Obon Festival.
10. They covered them in white shrouds, a common p________________ in Islamic Pakistan.
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. The Giong Festival is held _________ the 9th day of the 4th lunar month.
a. at b. in c. on d. from
2. Last year, my family _________ tradition and travelled abroad during Tet holiday.
a. broke with b. passed down c. kept on d. handed up
3. The Mid-Autumn Festival is also known as Moon Festival _________ Harvest Moon Festival.
a. but b. or c. so d. and
4. It’s _________ tradition for children to open presents on _________ Christmas Day.
a. the - the b. 0 - the c. a - a d. a – 0
5. I am in the _________ of taking my dog for a walk every evening after dinner.
a. custom b. habit c. hobby d. practice
6. _________ is life in the northern mountainous regions of Viet Nam like?
a. How b. Where c. What d. Why
7. The festival only lasted for three days; _________, they spent nearly a month preparing for it.
a. therefore b. moreover c. otherwise d. however
8. Some people say that online learning is the most effective and way to learn.
a. convenient b. harmful c. interactive d. dependent
9. _________ you are a culture enthusiast, you must go to Hue Arts Festival.
a. As b. Unless c. If d. Though
10. ‘You should wait for the host to start eating.' - ‘Sure. _________’
a. That’s fascinating! b. I’ll remember that.
c. What about you? d. You don’t know that.
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. How do you know about the custom to eat turkey on Thanksgiving?
A. about B. to eat C. on D. Thanksgiving
2. Becky will run at the moment because she is 10 minutes late for her maths class.
A. will run B. the C. because D. 10 minutes
3. Most of the streets in town are filled with festive goers during the carnival in Rio.
A. of B. with C. festive D. the
4. It is considered impolite to not take off your shoes before entering a house in Japan.
A. is considered B. to not take off C. before entering D. in Japan
5. Erin had a little days off; therefore, he went to Viet Nam and took part in some spring festivals.
A. a little B. therefore C. went D. took part
6. Unless the homestay doesn’t overlook a terraced field, we won’t be able to enjoy the scenery.
A. Unless B. terraced C. won’t D. to enjoy
7. Because breathing is something we do automatically, so we rarely think about it.
A. breathing B. automatically C. so D. rarely
8. Thanks for modern technology, we can now preserve our culture for future generations.
A. Thanks for B. technology C. can now preserve D. for future generations
9. Tree Planting Day is very important in Singapore because the country needs to protect it’s natural
parks and green spaces.
A. important in B. because C. to protect D. it’s natural
10. The Hung King Temple Festival is annual held in honour of the Hung Kings who are the founders of
the nation.
A. annual B. in honour C. who D. founders
VI. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs In brackets.
1. They _________________ (hold) Do Son Buffalo Fighting Festival every year on the 9th day of the
eighth lunar month.
2. We _________________ (not stay) in a stilt house during our trip to Ha Giang last month.
3. She usually _________________ (use) her mobile phone to look up for new words.
4. George _________________ (compete) in the Iditarod Trail Sled Dog two years ago.
5. _________________ (you/ watch) this programme or can I turn the TV off?
6. Jenny _________________ (help) me with the housework if she(have) enough time.
7. _________________ (Joe/ see) the lion dance when he was in Japan?
8. I think people _________________ (not use) computer in the 25th century.
9. What _________________ (you/ do) if the weather is nice tomorrow?
10. The Chinese custom of binding feet to make them smaller _________________ (cease) in the
twentieth century.
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. He calls people sir and madam and he is very _________________. (respect)
2. In Japan, up until recently, marriages were _________________ arranged by a special matchmaker.
(custom)
3. There is the Poh Bang _________________ by a magician in the temple. (perform)
4. Opinions on online learning can _________________ greatly between students. (different)
5. Could you tell me some typical food _________________ in your country? (offer)
6. Small bells and stars are popular _________________ items to put on a Christmas tree. (decorate)
7. We argued because he _________________ with my idea of holding an online meeting. (agree)
8. The villagers use _________________ materials like wood and bamboo to build stilt houses.
(nature)
9. The _________________ is also an important member in the team of unicorn dance. (drum)
10. People who _________________ drink soda are often less healthy than those who drink juice.
(habit)
VIII. Match the sentences.
1. What offerings should I make? a. Look at the cutlery on the table! They are using
knife and fork.
2. Why do you say this restaurant mainly serves b. Me neither. Why not search them on the
Western dishes? Internet?
3. Chasing the cheese down the hill? You’re c. Of course. It’s a good Idea!
kidding!
4. I don’t know the rules of this folk game. d. Oh, no. I’m telling you the truth. It’s one of our
old traditions.
5. Buffalo fighting festival? That sounds scary! e. How fascinating! I’ll stay In one when I visit Ha
Giang.
6. Is mua sap a popular folk dance? f. That’s interesting! It encourages family
togetherness, I think.
7. We have a family tradition of eating dinner g. Yes, it is. It’s performed by the Thai people.
together.
8. The stilt house overlooks a beautiful terraced h. Fruits, flowers, incense and candles.
fields.
9. When is the Ok Om Bok Festival? i. Usually in October.
10. Can we study together at your house on j. Yeah, somehow terrible. But it was recognized
Saturday? as a national intangible cultural heritage.
IX. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
My friends and I are having a (1) ___________ time at this year’s Roswell UFO Festival in New Mexico,
USA. It’s a four-day event that takes (2) ___________ every year in early July. Some people believe
that an alien (3) ___________ - a UFO - crashed in a field near Roswell in 1947 and the festival (4)
___________ that event. Not everyone believes this story, of course, but the festival is still a lot of
fun. Everyone dresses up (5) ___________ aliens for the Alien Costume Competition. The costumes
are fabulous and even family pets take part. There are dogs dyed blue and tortoises (6) ___________
in aluminium foil! Today we’re watching the (7) ___________ down Main Street and tomorrow the
firework display starts at 9 pm. They say it’s really amazing. (8) ___________ are some of the aliens
you meet.
1. a. terrible b. fantastic c. leisure d. difficult
2. a. break b. part c. place d. time
3. a. spaceship b. race c. custom d. planet
4. a. symbolizes b. performs c. organizes d. celebrates
5. a. of b. as c. with d. by
6. a. covered b. filled c. included d. carved
7. a. companion b. scenery c. parade d. heritage
8. a. Such b. Much c. Neither d. So
X. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks.
People visiting Spain for the first time can find it difficult to get used to the eating customs of
the Spanish. It’s not so much the food itself, but the timing of the meals that visitors aren’t used to. I
used to live in Cadiz myself for a few years and I actually quite like the way they do things. Breakfast is
a light continental affair - just a roll and some coffee usually - eaten between 8 and 9.30 a.m. The
main meal of the day is lunch, which people usually eat sometime between 1.30 p.m. and 3.30 p.m.
Quite a few of the shops, museums and galleries close around this time, because the locals like to
take time over lunch. They will rest for a short time afterwards, although the traditional afternoon
siesta is not as common as it used to be. People eat late in the evening - rarely before 9 p.m. and at
the weekend the locals often won’t eat before 11 p.m. or even midnight. This is a much lighter meal
than lunch - often just a few tapas taken with a drink.
A. Decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F).
1. ____ Mealtimes in Spain can be confusing for visitors.
2. ____ In Spain, breakfast is the largest meal of the day.
3. ____ Spaniards like to have a long lunch.
4. ____ The entire country closes up shop from about 1:30 to 3:30 p.m.
5. ____ Most Spaniards still enjoy taking a siesta after lunch.
6. ____ Dinner is generally eaten between 9 p.m. and midnight.
B. Choose the correct answers.
1. What is the passage mainly about?
a. Spanish culture b. Spanish eating customs
c. Spanish table manners d. Spanish mealtimes
2. What does the word ‘siesta’ mean?
a. a light meal b. a short nap
c. an afternoon snack d. a deep sleep
3. Which is the most important meal of the day in Spain?
a. breakfast b. lunch c. snack d. dinner
4. What is a continental breakfast?
a. a full breakfast of cereal, bacon and eggs and toast
b. a traditional breakfast consisting of rice, soup, fish
c. a simple breakfast consisting of coffee and bread
d. a healthy breakfast of fruits, veggies and milk
5. According to the passage,.
a. Spaniards don’t often eat their evening meal anytime before 9 p.m.
b. Dinner is always served with tapas and wine
c. The locals usually eat dinner after 11 p.m.
d. Dinner is also as large as lunch
XI. Choose the correct answer a, b, c, or d to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to the
sentence given.
1. Unless the project fails, it’ll help the tribal groups revive their culture.
a. If the project doesn’t fail, it won’t help the tribal groups revive their culture.
b. The project has to fail, or it won’t help the tribal groups revive their culture.
c. If the project succeeds, it’ll help the tribal groups revive their culture.
d. Succeed in the project, or else it’ll help the tribal groups revive their culture.
2. My family has the custom of visiting pagodas on the first day of Lunar New Year.
a. On the first day of Lunar New Year, visiting pagodas is a familiar custom.
b. It is the custom for my family to visit pagodas on the first day of Lunar New Year.
c. Visting pagodas on the first day of Lunar New Year is customarily my family.
d. My family visits pagodas on the first day of Lunar New Year because of the custom.
3. The volunteers walked to the mountainous village.
a. By foot, the volunteers came to the mountainous village.
b. Walking to the mountainous village was the only choice for the volunteers.
c. To get to the mountainous village, the volunteers had to walk.
d. The volunteers went to the mountainous village on foot.
4. Although they are living a hard life, they always feel happy.
a. They are living a hard life, but they always feel happy.
b. If they are living a hard life, they will always feel happy.
c. They aren’t living a hard life; however, they don’t always feel happy.
d. They don’t always feel happy although they aren’t living a hard life.
XII. Make sentences from the cues given.
1. People/ celebrate/ Pingxi Lantern Festival/ fifteenth day/ first lunar month.
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. Today’s children/ hardly/ listen/ stories/ their elder/ because/ they/ live/ the digital era.
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. It/ interesting/ learn/ the unique features/ ethnic group’s traditional culture.
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. We/ hang/ decorative items/ chase/ bad luck/ and/ pray/ lucky new year.
_________________________________________________________________________________
 UNIT 7.
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
A. PHONETICS
I. Say the words aloud, then circle the words that match to the pictures.

1. clock/block 2. blaze / clay 3. blame / clap 4. clasp/blanket

5. blind / climb 6. blender / cleaner 7. clash / blast 8. cloud / blouse

9. clothes / blossom 10. blown / clown 11. blow / close 12. bliss / click
II. Underline the words that have the sound /bl/ or /cl/.
1. Nick enjoys looking at the clear blue sky.
2. I climbed over the hill and found the bright bloom of the wild flowers.
3. They claimed that those special clinics were built for blind people.
4. Light winds are blowing over the blackberry farm.
5. We will have a clear view after passing these building blocks.
6. There are some clues about the blast near the church yesterday.
7. Clay may stick on your clothes when you go flying kites on the field.
8. The blades of her juice blender were broken.

B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR

I. Write a word or phrase from the box under each picture.
water pollution endangered species 3Rs plastic rubbish
global warming national park single-use products campfire

1. _________________ 2. _________________ 3. _________________ 4. _________________

5. _________________ 6. _________________ 7. _________________ 8. _________________

II. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases in part I.
1. _________________ is putting our health at risk. Unsafe water kills more than 3.4 million people
each year.
2. Established in 1962, Cue Phuong is the first _________________ in Vietnam.
3. A study says that the amount of _________________ flowing into the ocean could triple in the next
20 years.
4. We should teach students the importance of the _________________ - Reduce, Reuse, Recycle.
5. The best way to protect _________________ is to protect the places where they live.
6. Let’s build a _________________ before it gets dark, everyone!
7. You can avoid using _________________ by bringing your own cup and straw to the cafe.
8. _________________, the rise in temperature around the earth’s atmosphere, is one of the biggest
issues facing humans nowadays.
III. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases from the box.
carbon footprint green products environmental protection natural habitat
ecosystem extinction toxic substances natural resources
1. Water pollution happens when ______________________ - often chemicals or microorganisms -
enter water bodies.
2. Recycling is a way to reduce the ______________________ and conserve natural resources.
3. ______________________ activities are carried out in order to keep the environment pure and
clean.
4. An endangered species is an animal or plant that is at risk of ______________________.
5. The Bengal tiger’s _____________________ includes tropical rain forests, tall grasses, and marshes.
6. ______________________ are made from environmentally friendly materials.
7. The three Rs will help us to conserve ______________________ for long-term use.
8. By harming the ______________________ of our planet, we endanger the balance of nature itself.
IV. Underline the correct answer.
Global Recycling Day, (1) performed / celebrated / done on March 18 every year, is a recycling
initiative that (2) encouragement / encouraging / encourages us to look at our trash in a new light.
There are several ways to recycle that allow some materials to be (3) reused / reduced / released
multiple times. Recycling is great for us and the (4) environment / environmental / environmentalist
because it lessens the energy we use, enhances the (5) nature / quality / value of water and air we
breathe, and combats climate change.
It also reduces using new raw (6) materials / ingredients / elements to create new products -
saving money and natural (7) reserves / renewals / resources. Newspapers, plastic water bottles, soda
cans, cereal boxes, and milk cartons are some of the common everyday (8) recyclable / recycle /
recycling items. If we put (9) affect / effort / defect into recycling items that we usually (10) throw
away /give away /put away, we can impact the earth and our lives in a more profound way.
V. Match the two halves of the sentence.
1. Overfertilization contributes to soil pollution, a. as soon as they noticed the oil spill.
2. If we continue using lots of single-use b. due to discharge of pollutants in the water
products, bodies.
3. Lake, river, ocean and groundwater get c. for plastic waste to completely decompose.
contaminated
4. Carbon monoxide is a poisonous gas d. as a result of the removal of vegetation.
5. The soil is exposed and vulnerable to erosion e. so you only need to apply fertilizer once or
twice per year.
6. The polluted fog became so thick f. the ocean will be full of plastic waste in the
future.
7. Depending on the material and structure, it g. that people could only see a few meters in
takes 20 to 500 years front of them.
8. The fishermen informed the local authority h. that can lead to health problems.
VI. Read the sentences and write l.C if the underlined clause is an independent clause or D.C if it is a
dependent clause.
1. I often turn off all the electric devices when I’m not using them. ____
2. The rescued animals will be taken care of at the zoo until they’re healed. ____
3. Sean is building a campfire while Patrick is collecting more woods. ____
4. They will run the campaign against illegal poaching as soon as the government approves it. ____
5. When plants die, they release carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. ____
6. Visitors must get a permit before they visit Acadia National Park. ____
7. The volunteers will work all day till they clean up the entire beach. ____
8. Please make sure to put out the campfire after you leave the campsite. ____
9. All the famous monuments turn off the lights while Earth Hour happens. ____
10. No one is allowed to use the water from the lake until its water quality improves. ____
VII. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.
1. The river water will still be polluted _______ we find solutions to prevent dumping raw sewage.
a. until b. after c. because d. so
2. Mass killings of fish, plants, or amphibians can happen _______ there are sudden changes in water
temperature.
a. while b. when c. as soon as d. till
3. They shut down that factory _______ they knew it released pollutants into the lake.
a. although b. before c. while d. as soon as
4. The black bear died immediately _______ the hunter shot it.
a. after b. so c. until d. as long as
5. We picked up all the rubbish at the campsite _______ we returned home.
a. after b. while c. before d. till
6. Can you help me sort out the rubbish _______ I’m cleaning the kitchen?
a. if b. while c. until d. although
7. _______ they realise the impact of deforesation, they’ll continue to cut down trees to provide more
room for planting crops.
a. Until b. After c. As soon as d. While
8. Grace lost her mobile phone signal _______ she went deep into the forest.
a. but b. if c. before d. as soon as
9. Don’t leave the water running _______ you’re washing the dishes!
a. because b. lead to c. result in d. while
10. Many wild animals used to inhabit this area _______ the new factory was built.
a. after b. while c. before d. as soon as
VIII. Complete the sentences with the conjunctions from the box.
while as soon as after when (x2) before so because until (x2)
1. Those koalas were severely burnt ________________ they couldn’t escape the bush fire.
2. All sorts of chemicals are dumped into this river, ________________ we cannot swim there
anymore.
3. ________________ people are eating food from their plastic products, many wild animals are dying
because of them.
4. The air pollution will be reduced ________________ more and more people use public transport.
5. Many marine animals are saved from extinction ________________ the government passed the
law to stop over-fishing the oceans last year.
6. The panda will stay at the zoo ________________ it’s strong enough to return to its natural habitat.
7. We called the local authority immediately ________________ we noticed the bush fire!
8. Remember to bring something to store the rubbish ________________ you go trekking in the
national park.
9. It used to be easy to see the Big Dipper at night ________________ lights from those buildings
affected our vision.
10. The villagers need to stay inside their houses ________________ the storm completely stops.
IX. Combine each pair of sentences, using the conjunction in brackets.
1. Summer finally comes. They will volunteer at some local environment programmes. (when)
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. The director approves our documentary. We will broadcast it nationwide. (As soon as)
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. The whole neighbourhood was given reusable bags. They were forbidden to use plastic products.
(before)
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. Some students are picking up litter. The others are planting trees in the park. (while)
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. People started to care more about endangered species. They watched a video about marine life.
(After)
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. The villagers will be on strike. The factories stop cutting down trees in the forest. (till)
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. Many wild animals are injured. The bush fires are spreading too fast. (because)
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. The national park saves endangered species. It protects the environment. (and)
___________________________________________________________________________________
X. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C, or D that needs correcting.
1. It’s necessary to raise awareness of endangered species and environment protection.
A. It’s B. to raise C. endangered D. environment
2. The amount of waste will decrease when people will start to buy reusable packages.
A. will decrease B. when C. will start D. reusable
3. Could you tell me the negative effects of cutting up trees on the ecosystem?
A. Could B. negative effects C. cutting up D. on
4. There will be much less pollution while people stop using cars completely.
A. will be B. while C. stop D. completely
5. Use-single products like plastic bottles and bags can kill or trap marine animals.
A. Use-single B. like C. or D. marine
6. If we don’t bury chemical wastes underground, we won’t pollute fresh water supplies.
ABCD
7. The firefighters immediately came to rescue the koala until they saw it in the fire.
ABCD
8. Please wait here when the volunteers are picking up rubbish along the river.
ABCD
9. If people pay a few more attention to the environment, the Earth will be greener.
ABCD
10. We can help the environment by avoiding using plastic products and stopping litter.
‘I’
ABCD
XII. Use the correct form of the word given to complete each sentence.
1. It’s evidence that this ocean is clean and environmentally. (pollute)
2. World Wide Fund is a famous organization. (environment)
3. This area is a part of a wildlife programme. (conserve)
4. Sea turtles and dugongs are some species living in Con Dao. (endanger)
5. In remote regions, the air is pure and the crops are free of insecticides. (poison)
6. Habitat poses the greatest threat to wild animals. (lose)
7. The students are having a field trip to Cat Ba Park. (nation)
8. Camel’s habitat is the deserts across Asia and Africa. (nature)
9. Our encourages each household to practise the 3Rs. (neighbour)
10. Water pollution can lead to the of aquatic plants and animals. (die)
XIII. Underline the correct preposition in each of the following sentences.
1. Water pollution can be harmful at / to fish and animals that live along the river.
2. Using drinking water to water the garden is a waste from / of natural resources!
3. Ways must be found to prevent the poisonous gases on / from polluting the air.
4. Textile factories dump tonnes of toxic waste into / at the Citarum River.
5. She’s come up to / with amazing new ideas to help protect the environment.
6. Noise pollution can have harmful effects on / in human health.
7. Toxic substances from factories are unsafe for / with the ecosystem.
8. Cat Tien National Park is home in / to some endangered monkeys.
9. The river has been polluted with / from toxic waste from local factories.
10. Children should be aware at / of the environmental issues we’re facing.

c. SPEAKING
I. Make questions for the underlined words.
1. ______________________________________________________________________________
Water pollution is the contamination of water bodies, such as lakes, rivers and oceans.
2. ______________________________________________________________________________
Many wild animals are on the verge of extinction because of illegal hunting.
3. ______________________________________________________________________________
There are sixty-three national parks in the United States.
4. ______________________________________________________________________________
He will build a campfire as soon as he arrives at the campsite.
5. ______________________________________________________________________________
Most of the plastic waste ends up in the oceans.
6. ______________________________________________________________________________
The students are visiting Cat Tien National Park this weekend.
7. ______________________________________________________________________________
Ho Chi Minh City is more polluted than Da Nang.
8. ______________________________________________________________________________
In my neighbourhood, people collect garbage every day.
9. ______________________________________________________________________________
Every individual is responsible for solving environmental issues.
10. ______________________________________________________________________________
We can prevent land pollution by the proper disposing of the litter.
II. Complete the dialogue with the appropriate sentences (A - H).
A. Because I'm doing a class project on pollution in the city.
B. Too many billboards along the road, open storage of trash, networks of electric wires
crisscrossing each other above the street, etc.
C. Visual pollution is what you would call anything unattractive or visualizing damaging to the
landscape.
D. It generates distraction, eye fatigues, and other psychological problems.
E. Yeah, I know. Not only for water pollution, but also for air, soil, noise, light and visual
pollution.
F. Yes, I took it yesterday.
G. Exactly! Garbage on riverside.
H. I think so too.
Bailey: Did you take that photo, Xuan?
Xuan: (1) __________________________________________________________________________
Bailey: Let me see. A photo of a river ... but it looks like you want to capture the garbage.
Xuan: (2) __________________________________________________________________________
Bailey: Why garbage?
Xuan: (3) __________________________________________________________________________
Bailey: This picture is for water pollution, isn’t it? I think you need more.
Xuan: (4) __________________________________________________________________________
Bailey: What does ‘visual pollution’ mean? I’ve never heard about it before.
Xuan: (5) __________________________________________________________________________
Bailey: Can you give me some examples?
Xuan: (6) __________________________________________________________________________
Bailey: So what are the effects of visual pollution?
Xuan: (7) __________________________________________________________________________
Bailey: Oh, I see. There is too much visual pollution in the city, so I think it’s not difficult to take
photos of different visual pollutants.
Xuan: (8) __________________________________________________________________________

d. READING
I. Complete the passage with the words from the box.
wildlife habitat naturalist residents
breathtaking home encloses established
JIM CORBETT NATIONAL PARK
Jim Corbett National Park can be befittingly called the paradise of tigers for the fact that it
holds a large population of tigers in its (1) ________________ landscapes that consists of different
varieties of flora and fauna. Named after the legendary tiger hunter turned (2) ________________ Jim
Corbett (1875-1955), the proud destination ‘Jim Corbett National Park’ was the first national park of
India, which was (3) ________________ in 1936 in the hill state of Uttarakhand in Northern India. It is
one of the most famous (4) ________________ destinations in India, visited by several wildlife
enthusiasts who want to catch the glorious sights of the Indian tigers.
The Corbett National Park is (5) ________________ to approximately 110 tree species, 50
mammals’ species, 580 bird species, and 25 reptile species that are found both in the lower and
higher regions of the park. The geographical location of this place that (6) ________________
streams, rivers, and ridges crisscrossing the terrain, makes Jim Corbett National Park a perfect (7)
________________ for numerous plant and animal species. The most famous of Corbett’s wild (8)
________________ are the Bengal tiger, Asiatic elephant, leopards, wild boar, sloth bear, jackal,
mongoose, and crocodile.
II. Read the passage, then do the tasks.
According to Greenpeace, more than 100,000 sea creatures and a million sea birds die every
year after eating plastic or getting trapped in plastic rubbish. Sometimes, when baby turtles get
trapped in plastic the shape of their shell changes when they grow. Some sea creatures make their
homes in plastic rubbish, such as the hermit crabs that live on polluted Pacific beaches.
Every year, the world produces more than 300 million tonnes of plastic! In a minute, people
around the globe use more than a million plastic bags and they throw away more than a million
plastic bottles. Where will all this plastic end up? About 10% of it will be recycled, and some will go to
landfill, but a lot of it will end up polluting the oceans. Experts estimate that there are already 200
million tonnes of plastic in the world’s oceans, and this will increase by about 7 million tonnes every
year.
Because plastic isn’t biodegradable it won’t decompose naturally, so all the plastic that we
have now in the world will exist forever. That means we’ll need to clean up the oceans if we want to
protect our sea creatures. Better still, if we don’t use so much plastic, it won’t end up in the ocean!
Experts are warning that if we don’t take urgent action, there might be more plastic than fish in the
sea by 2050.
A. Match the words to their definitions.
1. getting trapped a. finish, arrive
2. shell b. make something free from pollutants
3. end up c. able to decay naturally by bacteria
4. landfill d. being unable to escape from
5. clean up e. the hard part on the back of a turtle
6. biodegradable f. a place in the ground to put rubbish
B. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ____ Plastic rubbish kills a million sea birds every year.
2. ____ The hermit crabs living on Pacific beaches die because of plastic pollution.
3. ____ Around the world, people use more plastic bottles than bags.
4. ____ Less than half of plastic bottles and bags end up getting recycled.
5. ____ Plastic rubbish will disappear naturally over time.
6. ____ It is predicted that there will be more plastic than fish in the oceans by 2050.
C. Answer the questions.
1. What never decomposes?
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. How many tonnes of plastic are dumped into the oceans every year?
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. Why do we need to clean up the oceans?
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. What can we personally do to help resolve this problem?
__________________________________________________________________________________

e. WRITING
I. Reorder the words to make sentences.

1. national parks/ The number/ the world/ rising/ over/ all/ the time/ of/ all/ is

__________________________________________________________________________________
2. trees/ so much/ don’t/ We/ if/ we/ waste/ will/ thousands of/ paper/ save

__________________________________________________________________________________
3. while/ campsite/ me/ Will/ cleaning/ wait/I/ our/ you/ am/ for/ up?

__________________________________________________________________________________
4. the death/ Polluted water/ of/ fish and crabs/ such as/ aquatic animals/ causes

__________________________________________________________________________________
5. 190 countries/ Earth Day/ planet/ than/ protect/ More/ the/ celebrate/ to

__________________________________________________________________________________
6. Water pollution/ marine life/ destroying/ the/ ecosystem/ the Pacific Ocean/ in/ is/ for/ rich

__________________________________________________________________________________
7. cutting down/ the authority/ action/ takes/ Illegal loggers/ keep/ until/ serious/ trees/ will

__________________________________________________________________________________
8. be/ more/ The neighbourhood/ this/ cleaner/ people/ will/ environment programme/ join/ if

__________________________________________________________________________________
II. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one.

1. It’s unsafe for humans and animals to drink polluted water.

 Polluted water

2. Con Dao National Park contains 16 small islands.

 There

3. Because she was absent from the meeting, she didn’t know the resolution.

 Because of

4. Many endangered marine species live in the ocean.

 The ocean is home

5. We need to reduce our plastic waste, otherwise we’ll threaten our own existence.

 If we

6. Countries celebrate Earth Hour to raise awareness of saving energy.

 Because countries want

7. The campers will pick up all the rubbish before they leave the campsite.

 After the campers

8. Air pollution deaths will double by 2050 if nations don’t act.

 Unless

9. Because the world’s temperatures rise, the Arctic keeps losing its ice.

 The world’s

10. Unless we reduce our carbon footprint, global warming will destroy the ecosystem.

 If
TEST FOR UNIT 7
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from that of the others
1. a. release b. earth c. beach d. green
2. a. habitat b. environment c. wildlife d. diverse
3. a. ecosystem b. carbon c. coral d. species
4. a. poisoned b. died c. dumped d. caused
5. a. absorb b. protection c. continue d. provide
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern.
1. a. environment b. ecosystem c. renewable d. participate
2. a. endangered b. dioxide c. pollution d. volunteer
3. a. pollute b. poison c. damage d. litter
4. a. device b. species c. problem d. product
5. a. natural b. valuable c. conservation d. national
III. Complete each sentence with an appropriate word. The first letter of each word is given.
1. The fish have died because the river water is heavily p_________________.
2. The national park helps reserve many s_________________ of plants and animals.
3. Using public transport is a great way to p_________________ the environment.
4. Water pollution is damaging the marine e_________________ of the Persian Gulf.
5. Earth Day is celebrated to raise public a_________________ about the environmental issues.
6. The local authority will take action against resorts dumping w_________________ into the ocean.
7. To reduce your carbon f_________________, you should reduce the amount of energy you use.
8. People are working to help save e_________________ animals from extinction.
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. Everyone can save the environment by turning _______ devices when they’re not using them.
a. on b. up c. off d. down
2. Light pollution has a wide range of negative effects _______ human health.
a. on b. of c. for d. to
3. The city is trying to replace the use of _______ products in food service.
a. using-single b. single-using c. use-single d. single-use
4. Vast amounts of carbon dioxide release into the atmosphere _______ humans burn fossil fuels for
energy.
a. until b. before c. as soon as d. when
5. If rubbish is non-biodegradable, it _______ forever.
a. exists b. will exist c. won’t exist d. doesn’t exist
6. The goal of wildlife _______ is to ensure the survival of some endangered species.
a. mission b. destruction c. conservation d. management
7. _______ plastic waste is discarded improperly, it can harm the environment and biodiversity.
a. If b. Unless c. While d. Although
8. People should stop trees because they produce oxygen while they absorb carbon dioxide.
a. turning on b. taking off c. picking up d. cutting down
9. _______ can we help save our environment?
a. What b. How c. Why d. How much
10. If we care about plastic waste, _______
a. why won’t we stop drinking bottled water?
b. we would use reusable shopping bags.
c. we will throw away plastic water bottles.
d. why don’t we buy plastic bags?
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. We must do something to save our planet as soon as it is too late.
A. must B. to save C. as soon as D. too
2. One of the things all of us can do to protect and improve our environment is recycle.
A. the things B. can do C. improve D. recycle
3. Humans can even die if they will drink contaminated water.
A. can B. even die C. will drink D. contaminated
4. They can’t release the koala back into the wild before its injury will heal.
A. can’t release B. into C. before D. will heal
5. They believe that water pollution is the large cause of death and disease in the world.
A. believe that B. the large cause C. of death D. in the world
6. Due to eating plastic waste, the California condor is now an endangering bird species.
A. Due to B. the C. endangering D. species
7. We won’t save the environment if we stop using so much energy.
A. save B. if C. using D. much
8. One in six species is at risk of extinction because climate change.
A. species B. at risk C. extinction D. because
9. The national park is home of many valuable kinds of woods and medicinal plants.
A. of B. many C. kinds D. medicinal
10. Toxic substances are poison substances that can cause health effects.
A. Toxic B. poison C. that D. effects
VI. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. People in my city often _________________ (use) motorbikes to go to work.
2. If we use less energy, we _________________ (help) reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
3. Every year, that factory _________________ (dump) hundred tons of plastic into the oceans.
4. The moon was covered yesterday as a thick smog _________________ (settle) over New Delhi.
5. Vehicle, aircraft, and industrial noise can _________________ (cause) noise pollution.
6. Human activities _________________ (destroy) nature at an unacceptable rate right now.
7. A decade ago, WHO _________________ (classify) air pollution as a link to lung cancer.
8. If the temperature _________________ (increase) by a few degrees during the next few years, we
_________________ (run into) serious problems.
9. We ________________ (visit) a national park as soon as exam period _______________ (be) over.
10. Last night, I _________________ (watch) A Plastic Wave, a documentary on plastic pollution.
11. We should avoid _________________ (buy) frozen foods because their packaging is mostly plastic.
12. Air pollution can make people _________________ (die).
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. As an _________________, why do you oppose banning plastic bags? (environment)
2. Should we protect some of our _________________ resources such as fresh water or soil? (value)
3. National parks also help to raise _________________ of local residents about protecting the
environment. (aware)
4. Heavy metals _________________ in water cut short millions of lives every year. (drink)
5. Scientists warn that plastic pollution in oceans will be one of the _________________ threats. (big)
6. Pollution is the process of making parts of the living environment _________________. (dirt)
7. Those plants can grow _________________ in extreme climates. (nature)
8. Burning fossil fuels for electricity is a source of greenhouse gas _________________. (emit)
9. What can we do every day to help to stop _________________ warming? (globe)
10. The environmental activists are trying to_________________ wildltfe in this area. (conservation)
VIII. Match the questions to the answers
1. What is the main reason for thermal a. They are non-biodegradable and create an
pollution? environmental harzard.
2. What effect does thermal pollution b. Nuclear wastes from nuclear power plants, mining and
have on aquatic animals? processing of nuclear material etc.
3. How to minimize the water pollution c. Carbon dioxide. It contributes about 55% to global
due to chemicals? warming.
4. What diseases are usually caused by d. It affects their growth and may kill off them.
air pollution?
5. Which gas is mainly responsible for e. Hot water released by power plants and industries.
global warming?
6. What are the effects of noise f. Sleep disturbance, high blood pressure, emotional
pollution? problems and annoyance.
7. Why are plastic bags a big g. Rickets, throat cancer, lung cancer and breathing
environmental nuisance? problem.
8. What are sources of radioactive h. Treat wastewater before discharging it into a flowing
pollution ? body of water.
IX. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
Adidas has created a sports shoe from garbage (1) _________________ in the ocean. The new
trainer is part of a project to raise awareness (2) _________________ the serious problem of ocean
pollution.
Garbage in the ocean is a huge problem. UNESCO estimates that in 2006, there were nearly
30,000 (3) _________________ of floating plastic for every square kilometre of ocean. Plastic debris
kills over a million seabirds and 100,000 (4) _________________ mammals every year. Adidas used
some of this plastic to make (5) _________________ new trainer. The sole of the sneaker is made
from sustainable materials, (6) _________________ the upper uses recycled ocean waste. This
consisted of plastic and illegal fishing nets. Adidas says it (7) _________________ a new trainer made
from ocean waste later this year. In another green initiative, the sportswear maker said it would be
(8) _________________ the use of plastic bags in all Adidas retail stores in the near future.
1. a. floating b. flying c. laying d. streaming
 2. a. on b. to c. of d. for
3. a. bunches b. pieces c. slices d. bits
4. a. native b. land c. wildlife d. marine
5. a. theirs b. it’s c. their d. its
6. a. when b. while c. since d. for
7. a. will release b. released c. releases d. is releasing
8. a. keeping on b. taking off c. phasing out d. putting up
X. Read the passage carefully and do the tasks.
There are many kinds of pollution. Air, water, and land can be polluted. Some pollution is
caused by nature, such as floods, forest fires, and volcanoes. People are the major cause of pollution.
We pollute the air with our cars, homes, and factories. Smoke from factories and car exhaust makes
the air looks gray and smoggy. Some people cannot go outside when the air is very bad! We pollute
the water by dumping garbage and chemicals in the water. Plants and animals die because of the
pollution in the water. We pollute the soil with chemicals and garbage. We harm the land by cutting
down trees in the forest, especially to build roads and new houses without careful planning and
thinking.
The only way to save our environment is to think about pollution. How can you stop or limit
pollution? How do we protect our environment? Conservation is one way to protect our environment.
Conservation is the wise use and protection of our environment. We can control water pollution by
not producing as much waste and by proper disposal of sewage and garbage. We can take care of
recreation land by cleaning up after ourselves and not causing more pollution. Carpooling and public
transportation will help reduce air pollution.
Recycling is a type of conservation. Recycling is reusing items over again or in a new way.
Recycling can help us conserve our natural resources so they will last many more years.
A. Find the word in bold in the passage that means:
1. the protection of the natural environment
2. have a bad effect on something
3. a large amount of water covering an area that is usually dry
4. sharing a car ride with other people
5. waste gases that come out of an engine
6. the process of making air, water, soil, etc. dirty
7. getting rid of
B. Choose the correct answers.
1. According to the passage, pollution _________________.
a. is always caused by humans. b. can only be caused by nature.
c. is mainly caused by humans. d. may sometimes cause natural disasters.
2. What kind of pollution may a car cause?
a. Air pollution b. Water pollution c. Soil pollution d. Light pollution
3. Which of the followings is not an example of soil pollution?
a. Land development b. Waste disposal
c. Pesticide or fertilizer use d. Exhaust from traffic
4. How can we help save our environment?
a. Stop pollution. b. Dump garbage into the river.
c. Drive cars everywhere. d. Cut down trees in the forests.
5. How does recycling help the environment?
a. It expands landfills. b. It saves natural resources.
c. It increases water pollution. d. It causes air pollution.
6. What can we do to help reduce air pollution?
a. Walk or bike b. Carpool to work or school
c. Use public transport d. All of the above
7. What is the main idea of this article?
a. The air is dirty because of cars and factories.
b. The soil gets polluted from littering.
c. People cause pollution, but they can also stop or limit it.
d. Conservation is the only way to stop environmental pollution.
XI. Joining two sentences, using the words in brackets.
1. We must conserve water. Otherwise we will face serious water shortages. (If)
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. The weather was awful. We didn’t enjoy our camping holiday. (because of)
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. Plastic bags are non-biodegradable. They will remain in the environment for many years. (Because)
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. People will keep protesting. The government takes action to protect the endangered rhinos. (until)
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. The ranger saw a baby panda in the river. He jumped into the river to save it. (As soon as)
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. The climate is changing. The earth is getting warmer. (because)
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. We should stop cutting down so many trees. We endanger our oxygen supply. (Unless)
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. People begin to recycle. They generate much less trash. (When)
__________________________________________________________________________________
9. We are damaging the ozone layer. The ozone layer is necessary for human existence. (even though)
__________________________________________________________________________________
10. Sue is suffering from skin cancer. She was exposed to radiation when she was young. (so)
__________________________________________________________________________________
 UNIT 8. SHOPPING
A. PHONETICS
I. Look at the picture and write the clusters /sp/ or /st/. Then say the words aloud.

1. ___ort 2. re___aurant 3. book___ore 4. ___eed

5. cu___omer 6. wa___e 7. fe___ival 8. ___eciality

9. ___ace 10. assi___ant 11. ___aghetti 12. ___all

II. Underline the clusters /sp/ or /st/ of the words in the box and then put them into the correct
column.
display, vest, storey, tourist, clasp, staff, special, aspect, outstand, customers, spend,
despite, stairs, semester, correspond, sparse, costume, speech, honest, respect
/sp/ /st/
B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR
I. Match each word or phrase with its definition.
1. open-air market a. a shop that offers lower prices of all products
2. farmers’ market b. a group of shops together in one area, often in one large building
3. supermarket c. a shop that sells a specific type of products
4. convenience store d. a shop that uses the Internet to sell goods and services
5. online shop e. a market where local farmers sell their agricultural products
6. speciality shop f. a small local shop that sells food, goods, newspapers, etc.
7. discount shop g. and is usually open 24 hours each day
8. shopping centre h. a large shop that sells most types of food, drinks and goods used in the
home
II. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases in part I. Use the plural if necessary.
1. Circle K, FamilyMart, and GS25 are some popular _____________________ in Viet Nam.
2. The farmers can’t wait for this year’s _____________________ to promote their products.
3. Tourists can go shopping at Takashimaya - a big _____________________ in District 1.
4. Today, there are many _____________________ on the internet selling all types of goods.
5. We found a that sold the special coffee beans of this region.
6. Which _____________________ is closer to your house, Co.opmart or Lotte Mart?
7. In the _____________________ in Cat Cat Village, visitors can find many interesting things such as
tasty foods, beautiful clothes, adorable handicraft products, etc.
8. Let’s go to the _____________________. We can find some cheap furniture for our house.
III. Complete the sentences with the words and phrases from the box.
on sale price tag customers home-made year-round
access bargain home-grown shopaholic browsing
1. I need to have a high-speed Internet _____________________ to prepare for Cyber Monday.
2. If you love _____________________ pancakes, this easy pancake recipe is for you!
3. I kept _____________________ Shopee for new shoes, but I couldn’t find ones I liked.
4. You should learn how to _____________________ when you go to an open-air market.
5. My sister buys so many clothes that I’m afraid she’ll become a _____________________.
6. That shop’s summer collection will go _____________________ next week.
7. Remember to check the _____________________ before you decide to buy anything.
8. If you become a membership, you’ll get _____________________ benefits from that shop.
9. Their shop assistants are well trained to help and make _____________________ happy.
10. Some people prefer to buy _____________________ vegetables at the open-air market.
IV. Underline the correct answer.
1. This clothing shop sells nice products, but they deliver the wrong orders usually /sometimes.
2. My mother goes to the supermarket every week, so we often / rarely run out of milk.
3. We often / never eat in the food court of the shopping centres. The food is delicious.
4. Offline shopping is more convenient as I can never / always try on the products.
5. Susan usually / rarely eats late at night, so she keeps gaining weight.
6. She’s careful, so she always / rarely checks the expiry date before buying products.
7. How often / usually do they hold a farmers’ market in this town?
8. Chris always / never goes to the supermarket because he cannot bargain there.
9. My mum usually / rarely buys things online, just once or twice a year.
10. Sometimes / Never Patrick goes to the supermarket, but most of the time he prefers the
convenience store.
V. Reorder the words to make sentences.
1. this speciality shop/ their products/ We/ always/ of/ love/ great quality/ because/ are
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. the shelves/ The bookshop/ rearranges/ is/ the owner/ sometimes/ because/ closed
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. this shopping mall/ April/ The summer sales/ usually/ don’t/ before/ start/ at
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. I/ products/ that discount shop/ purchase/ from/ will/ again/ never/ any
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. anything/ wander/ they/ often/ Some people/ don’t/ through/ buy/ but/ the shopping centres
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. rarely/ complaints/ Customers/ make/ phone model/ about/ new/ this/ any
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. the shipping fee/ the discount code/ pay/ Thanks to/ always/ don’t/ have to/ we/ for
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. sale/ It’s/ luxury brands/ annoying/ never/ these/ on/ are/ that
___________________________________________________________________________________
9. Sometimes/ open-air market/ bargain/ go to/ with/ and learn/ my mom/I/ how/ an/ to
___________________________________________________________________________________
10. the supermarket/ How/ at/ does/ mother/ shop/ your/ often?
___________________________________________________________________________________
VI. Complete the sentences, using the verbs in the box in the present simple form.
finish take off not begin continue not open
land start have last not leave
1. The supersale _______________ at three o’clock, so please be here by one.
2. The discount _______________ until 31 December. Don’t miss it!
3. The train _______________ at 10.15. It arrives at 10.15.
4. _____ we _____ a whole afternoon for shopping on the second day of our trip?
5. Could you pick me up at the airport tomorrow morning? The plane _______________ at 8.30.
6. Most supermarkets in Spain _______________ until 10 a.m.
7. What a terrible film! When ______ it ______?
8. The piano concert _______________ at 8 o’clock. It is cancelled.
9. There has been a change to the schedule and your flight now _______________ at 18.40.
10. This summer holidays _______________ for two months instead of three.
VII. Underline the correct form.
1. Our ferry departs / is departing for Amsterdam at 7 tomorrow morning.
2. Do you come / Will you come with me to the book fair this Sunday?
3. After the reconstruction, the supermarket opens / is opening again on Monday.
4. Do you have / Are you having your birthday party this week or next week? I forgot!
5. They’re holding a farmers’ market next month. There are / will be displays of new types of
vegetables.
6. When do the winter sales end / are the winter sales ending this year?
7. Mark and I play / are playing basketball after school today. Do you want to play too?
8. Kate phoned up. She comes round / is coming round to see us this weekend.
9. I’m free this afternoon, so I think I go / will go shopping for some new clothes.
10. I’ve just phoned the centre and the doors open / are opening at 18.00.
11. Lisa is excited because they deliver / are delivering her package today.
12. We have a tight schedule, so we don't visit / won't visit the night market later.
VIII. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs (present simple, present
continuous, or future simple).
1. We _______________ (dicuss) about the upcoming journey later. Do you want to join?
2. They’re building a new mall at present. It _______________ (be) the biggest mall in town.
3. Lotte Mart _______________ (sell) many products from Korea.
4. Look at the bus schedule! There _______________ (not be) any buses to Landmark 81 today.
5. The advertisement says that the big sale _______________ (start) on Friday and _______________
(end) on Sunday.
6. Nobody can go through this road as they _______________ (set up) an open-air market here later.
7. We’ve already booked the movie ticket. We _______________ (not go) to the supermarket tonight.
8. This is my first time buying something online. I hope I _______________ (not get) scammed.
9. _______________ the customers _______________ (agree) to receive the refund of the product?
10. How long _______________ the online sale _______________ (last)?
11. The farmers’ market is so interesting. I _______________ (attend) again next month.
12. The brand new Co.opmart in my district _______________ (have) its grand opening next Monday.
13. _______________ you _______________ (use) these vouchers later? ~ Yes, I am.
14. We’re too late! We _______________ (not arrive) on time to get free gifts.
15. Look at the board. The plane _______________ (not take) off at 10 a.m. It’s 10.30.
IX. Choose the best answers.
1. Most of the products at this farmers’ market __________ home-grown and home-made.
a. was b. are c. is d. will be
2. Carla hates bargaining, so she hopes normal markets __________ price tags in the future.
a. have b. are having c. had d. will have
3. I __________ eat junk food because I prefer healthy food.
a. never b. always c. often d. sometimes
4. We __________ a party at Christmas. Would you like to come?
a. have b. had c. are having d. will have
5. You’d better go to bed early. The plane __________ at 6 o’clock tomorrow morning so we’ll have to
be up by 4.30!
a. will leave b. leaves c. leave d. is leaving
6. The assistants __________ today. All of them are on strike in front of the mall.
a. don’t work b. didn’t work c. aren’t working d. won’t work
7. My grandmother __________ goes to the supermarket. Just once or twice a month!
a. rarely b. sometimes c. always d. never
8. What time __________ your English lesson __________?
a. will... start b. do ... start c. is ... starting d. does ... start
9. Do you have any plans for the weekend? ~ Yes, I __________ to the shopping centre to buy some
new clothes.
a. am going b. will go c. goes d. went
10. Hurry up! I don’t want to miss any of the game. It __________ at 1.00.
a. will start b. starts c. is starting d. started
11. The children __________ have cereal for breakfast. Most breakfast!
a. always b. never c. usually d. sometimes
12. Oh no, there are no instant noodles. I __________ some when I go to the convenience shop.
a. am buying b. will buy c. buy d. don’t buy
13. Before going to the grocery store, I __________ make a shopping list to ensure I don’t forget
anything.
a. never b. sometimes c. rarely d. always
X. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. After tough _______________, the tourist decided not to buy the scarf. (bargain)
2. Christian Dior has placed _______________ for their new collection everywhere, both online and
offline. (advertise)
3. I feel more _______________ when I know the market has price tags on all products. (relax)
4. The farmers pride themselves on _______________ high-quality organic fruits. (product)
5. Some shopping centres with impressive architecture also become tourist _____________. (attract)
6. Most people prefer to go to supermarkets as the products have _______________ prices. (fix)
7. That Korean restaurant is famous for serving _______________ cheese chicken. (spice)
8. Our hotel is _______________ situated near a shopping centre and a metro station. (convenient)
9. Christmas markets are usually full of _______________ at the beginning of December. (shop)
10. Everyone found the fair really lively and _______________. (entertain)
XI. Complete each sentence with an appropriate preposition.
1. The promotion ends ______ July 15th. Let’s visit the shop before that!
2. You need to look at the price ______ the price tag before buying anything.
3. I am really looking forward ______ the big sales on Black Friday.
4. We need to stay up late as the online sale starts ______ midnight.
5. Mega Market is famous ______ selling a wide range of products.
6. The tourist believed that he paid too much ______ a small keychain.
7. Many customers are making complaints ______ the newly released lotion.
8. The tourists are spending the whole afternoon ______ Siam Center.
9. I like the design of the phone, but I’m not happy ______ its colour.
10. Shopping centres are often full ______ people during holidays.

c. SPEAKING
I. Match the questions to the answers.
1. What is this market called? a. Certainly. It would be fun.
2. Where is it? b. You can go around and enjoy looking.
3. What are the people wearing? c. They don't have fixed price so we can bargain.
4. What do they sell at this market? d. No. There are only supermarkets and shopping
centres.
5. Can I buy speciality products there? e. It’s an open-air market.
6. What should I do if I don’t want to buy f. Traditional costumes.
anything?
7. Are there any street foods at the market? g. Home-grown and home-made products.
8. What do you like about it? h. Yes. The goods are very diverse.
9. Do you have similar markets in your home i. In the north-west mountainous region.
town?
10. Do you want to visit it again? j. Of course. There are grilled meat and other
specialities.
II. Complete the conversations with the sentences or phrases from the box (A-H).
A. But I received size L for the pair of jeans, and size M for the jacket.
B. I hope it won't happen again in the future.
C. I'm calling to make a complaint about my order.
D. You too.
 E. What about the shipping fee?
F. I'm not happy with the colours of the T-shirts.
G. I'd like to change the other two to the right sizes.
H. You sent me the wrong size for both of the products.
Sales assistant: Hello, this is Unicorn Clothing Shop. How can I help you?
Marie: (1) _____________________. I just received it this morning. The code is 861015.
Sales assistant: Well... Let me check it. Did you order two T-shirts, a pair of jeans and a jacket?
Marie: Exactly. (2) _____________________. They’re brighter than in the pictures.
Sales assistant: I see. However, we did explain that product colour might slightly vary due to
photographic lighting.
Marie: Did you? I’ll check the website again. For the pair of jeans and the jacket,
(3) _____________________
Sales assistant: I’m really sorry about that. You chose size M for the pair of jeans and size L for the
jacket, didn’t you?
Marie: Yes. (4) _____________________. That’s really unacceptable!
Sales assistant: Once again, I’m really sorry. That’s the mistake on our side.
Marie: I can keep the T-shirts, but (5) _____________________.
Sales assistant: Of course. Could you please sent us your name, address and phone number via our
chat system?
Marie: Sure, I’ll do it. (6) _____________________.
Sales assistant: We’ll cover the fee this time. We’re sorry for any inconveniences.
Marie: That’s okay. (7) _____________________.
Sales assistant: Of course it won’t. Thank you for understanding and have a good day.
Marie : (8) _____________________.

d. READING
I. Complete the passage with the words from the box.
experience shopaholics retail brands
shopping attention covers footwear
DUBAI MALL
 Dubai Mall is the world’s largest destination for (1) ______________, entertainment and
leisure, located next to the world’s tallest building, the Burj Khalifa. Featuring over 1,200 (2)
______________ stores, two major department stores and hundreds of food and beverage outlets,
Dubai Mall (3) ______________ more than 1 million sqm - an area equivalent to 200 football pitches.
For lovers of high fashion, over 70 signature outlets beckon your (4) ______________,
including retailers such as Bloomingdale’s and Galeries Lafayette, the first in the Middle East. For
haute couture, head to Fashion Avenue where you can (5) ______________ the latest collections
from world renowned designers and (6) ______________ such as Versace, Burberry and more. You
can also find the finest gold jewelry in the Gold Souk as well as the latest in (7) ______________ at
Level Shoes.
The Dubai Mall is a must-visit for (8) ______________ and fun-loving families with kids. Expect
to spend half a day or more here, wear comfy shoes: the mall is the size of 200 football pitches, so
there’s lots of walking.
II. Read the passage carefully and do the tasks.
Online shopping has changed the way that people approach buying things. Now, from the
comfort of your couch, you can purchase products ranging from groceries to heavy equipment.
Depending on where you live, you can have those items delivered to your home within 24 hours. In
addition to being convenient, consumers can save money on everything they buy online. For example,
using Lazada coupons or entering your email when buying for the first time can save you significant
money. All of this are reasons why so many people around the world prefer to shop online for
products and services, but many don’t stop to think about the environmental impact of this decision.
In theory, online shopping can make for more efficient and eco-friendly brands. However, in
the real world, things are a little different. For example, distribution centres are interested in
delivering packages the most efficiently possible. According to research, between 12 and 60 percent
of home deliveries fail the first time. This means that a driver needs to make two or three trips to
deliver the same item. If the item cannot be delivered by the third trip, then the customer needs to
drive to the warehouse to pick up the product. Wanting items delivered in 24 hours is also impacting
the environment. E-commerce stores can no longer bundle several orders into one delivery. The vans
they send out are less full, and they travel more miles per delivery than they would if they were able
to bundle deliveries together.
A. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ___ People can even buy heavy equipment while sitting on their couch at home.
2. ___ The items can be delivered everywhere within 24 hours.
3. ___ Someone who buys online for the first time can get huge discount.
4. ___ Most people think about the environmental impact when buying online.
5. ___ Very few home deliveries fail to be delivered at the first time.
6. ___ If you ask for fast deliveries within 24 hours, you may negatively affect the environment.
B. Answer the questions.
1. How do consumers save money when they buy online?
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. What are the benefits of online shopping in theory?
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. When does a customer need to drive to the warehouse to pick up the product?
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. What are the problems with e-commerce stores?
__________________________________________________________________________________

e. WRITING
I. Make sentences from the cues given.
1. The shop owner/ always/ treat/ his customers/ respect.
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. The grand opening/ begin/ 8 o’clock/ morning/ next Monday.
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. you/ usually/ bargain/ when/ you/ go/ open-air market?
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. We/ not file/ a complaint/ if/ the shop assistant/ apologise/ us.
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. Shopping centres/ offer/ wide/ range/ products/ choose/ from.
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. How often/ your mother/ shop/ the local market?
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. Although/ they/ go/ shop/ all/ yesterday morning/ they/ not buy/ anything.
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. Some people/ go/ shopping malls/ order/ avoid/ the heat/ outside.
__________________________________________________________________________________
II. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one. Use the word
given.
1. She visits that discount shop all the time to look for cheap products. (always)
 She
2. It is difficult for my grandmother to buy things online. (difficulty)
 My grandmother
3. Tim didn’t like Takashimaya because their products were expensive. (of)
 Because
4. The children almost never come to that open-air market. (rarely)
 The children
5. It took us two hours to explore every shop at the mall. (spent)
 We
6. That luxury bag is too expensive for Sarah to buy. (so)
 That luxury bag is
7. Katie went shopping all morning, but she didn’t buy anything. (although)
 Katie
8. I can’t wait to see the shops at Suria KLCC in Kuala Lumpur. (forward)
 I am
TEST FOR UNIT 8
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from that of the others
1. a. speciality b. tag c. shopaholic d. access
2. a. online b. browse c. shop d. product
3. a. fixed b. loved c. bargained d. displayed
4. a. wide b. advertise c. assistant d. price
5. a. items b. deliveries c. centres d. markets
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern.
1. a. supermarket b. vegetable c. comfortable d. convenience
2. a. excitement b. announcement c. customer d. assistant
3. a. crowded b. home-made c. offline d. year-round
4. a. prepare b. order c. bargain d. wander
5. a. shopping b. complaint c. product d. discount
III. Fill in each blank with an appropriate word.
The term window (1) ______________ means when people cany no money while going to
market. Nowadays, the trend of window shopping is increasing day (2) ______________ day because
people (3) ______________ shopping centers to explore new things but end up buying nothing. (4)
______________ you want to go on shopping and have zero money, then don't worry, you can enjoy
free of cost shopping without buying anything.
(5) ______________ best advantage of window shopping is that you can try out and see new
trends and add products in your wish list without using any (6) ______________. Sometimes, people
don’t have (7) ______________ money to buy new clothing, accessories, decorative items, etc., so
they can see those things and buy them later. The best part about window shopping is that we can
research the new products available in the market without spending anything. We can take a (8)
______________ of the product at a store and search about it in (9) ______________ time and buy it
on better deals online (10) ______________ any other store.
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. Most of the sellers __________ this open-air market are from ethnic minority groups.
a. at b. on c. in d. as
2. Let’s go to Vincom Center on Black Friday. A lot of items will be __________ sale.
a. for b. in c. at d. on
3. The customer is not __________ with the quality of the suitcase.
a. angry b. excited c. happy d. interested
4. Carol buys everything online. She __________ goes to the shops, just once or twice a year.
a. usually b. never c. always d. rarely
5. If she keeps spending all her money on shopping, she’ll become a __________.
a. shopper b. shopaholic c. shop assistant d. shopkeeper
6. That souvenir shop sells a lot of items, __________ they are all overpriced.
a. but b. and c. or d. so
7. Strong Internet __________ will allow you to order online more easily.
a. website b. access c. link d. platform
8. __________ online shopping platform do you prefer, Shopee or Lazada?
a. Which b. What c. How d. Who
9. That luxury shop doesn’t allow customers __________ on clothes. That’s annoying!
a. trying b. to try c. to trying d. try
10. ‘How awful! Your shop delivered expired milk to me!’ - ‘__________ We’ll give you a refund.'
a. How inconvenient! b. Of course it is.
c. What a bad order! d. We’re sorry about that.
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. Could you meet us at the airport tomorrow afternoon? Our flight will land at 4 o’clock.
A. Could you B. at the airport C. will land D. at 4 o’clock
2. My mom bargains always when she shops at the local market.
A. bargains always B. shops C. at D. local market
3. That shopping centre has approximate a thousand retail outlets.
A. That B. has approximate C. a thousand D. outlets
4. Let’s go to Iconsiam! That’s Bangkok’s second large shopping mall in size.
A. Iconsiam B. Bangkok’s C. second large D. in size
5. About 33.3 percents of the world’s population chooses to buy things online.
A. percents of B. world’s C. chooses D. online
6. How usually do you go to the supermarket to buy your groceries?
A. usually B. supermarket C. to buy D. groceries
7. The flash sale is beginning at 3 p.m. and ends at 5 p.m. tomorrow.
A. The B. is beginning C. ends D. tomorrow
8. I find it’s difficult to bargain with the sellers for cheaper prices because I’m shy.
A. it’s B. to bargain C. for D. because
9. It’s too hot outside, so we don’t go shopping at the discount shop later.
A. too B. so C. don’t go D. at
10. Visitors to Dubai Mall can spend endless hours to explore its shops and restaurants.
A. to B. endless C. to explore D. shops and restaurants
VI. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Carlos _________________ (apply) for the shop assistant position last month.
2. Minh usually _________________ (shop) at the supermarket because it _________________ (be)
convenient.
3. We _________________ (visit) Marina Bay Sands if we go to Singapore.
4. What time the monthly sale on Shopee _________________ (start)?
5. They _________________ (build) a new shopping mall in our neighbourhood at present.
6. Many tourists _________________ (choose) Chatuchak market to buy food and souvenirs in
Bangkok.
7. If it _________________ (not rain), we’ll go window shopping along Fifth Avenue.
8. Black Friday _________________ (take place) on the Friday after Thanksgiving.
9. We don’t need to run. The train _________________ (not leave) until 11 a.m.
10. Look at those people! They _________________ (queue) up to get in that shoes store.
11. Do you have difficulty _________________ (order) things online?
12. Let’s _________________ (take) a look at the goods at that speciality shop.
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Tourists are the main _________________ for the traditional handicrafts in this village. (buy)
2. Are there any _________________ between local markets and supermarkets? (similar)
3. Online shops offer better discount and more _________________ prices. (reason)
4. The children were _________________ to go to tiNiWorld at Landmark 81. (excite)
5. We made a _________________ to spend our second day in Seoul shopping for clothes. (decide)
6. Night markets always gain widespread _________________ among young people. (popular)
7. I don’t _________________ buy things at the open-air market as I don’t know how to bargain.
(usual)
8. Their products are _________________, but they’re worth every penny. (price)
9. Some modern shopping centres have very _________________ architecture. (attract)
10. The Jacksons use to have a small convenience store but they _________________ it last year.
(sale)
VIII. Match the questions to the answers.
1. What is the biggest shopping mall in Singapore? a. About 500 metres.
2. Who will come with me to Aeon Mall tomorrow? b. It’s 15 December.
3. How many shops are there in Van Hanh Mall ? c. It’s Japan.
4. Why do you like open-air markets? d. I rarely do that.
5. Where is Iconsiam located? e. It’s VivoCity.
6. Which one do you prefer, Circle K or GS25? f. Around 200 shops.
7. When does the online sale end? g. Circle K.
8. How far is it from your house to the florist’s? h. Alex will.
9. What country does Muji come from? i. On the bank of Chao Phraya river.
10. How often do you return things you buy online? j. Because I can bargain there.
IX. Choose the word or phrase which best fits each gap.
CHRISTMAS MARKET
Open-air winter street markets have long been associated with Germany, and the European
country is home (1) _________________ some of the oldest and most (2) _________________ festive
markets. Capital city Berlin has around 80 to choose from, (3) _________________ Gendarmenmark
is perhaps its most renowned. Positioned between the Franzosischer Dom and Deutscher Dom, it’s a
maze of wooden huts with Bratwurst, mulled wine, and gingerbread for (4) _________________,
along with unique Christmas gifts. At night, visitors can enjoy nightly concerts with dance and musical
(5) _________________. Over in Nuremberg, Bavaria’s (6) _________________ city, the famous
Christkindlesmarkt has been around since the 16th century. During the Christmas period, around 180
stands are (7) _________________ in the city’s central market square and the whole area is abuzz
with activity.
The market usually draws in around two million people every year and is undoubtedly one of
Nuremberg’s annual highlights. The market (8) _________________ runs from November 22 to
December 31.
1. a. for b. to c. with d. at
 2. a. visit b. visiting c. visited d. to visit
3. a. but b. so c. or d. although
4. a. sell b. sold c. selling d. sale
5. a. performances b. displays c. presentations d. events
6. a. second-large b. second-largest c. largest-second d. large-second
7. a. put b. shown c. hold d. erected
8. a. rarely b. sometimes c. usually d. never
X. Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answers.
Shopee is an e-commerce company based in Singapore that came into service in 2015. This
company is now the largest e-commerce platform in Southeast Asia, catering to consumers and
sellers. It allows you to buy and sell your goods in many countries across East Asia, Latin America, and
Europe.
Like all other online retail portals, Shopee is also prone to risk as frauds and scams rob
customers and try to get their bank details, payment account, and parcel score. However, luckily
Shopee educates its customers about all these situations on how to deal with fraud. Due to this, the
customers remain alert and do not fall into the trap. Shopee provides many safety measures and
recommendations to its customers, alerting them of the sale of fake items and banning and
suspending users who break the rules if the system flags them.
The “Shopee Guarantee” ensures that the customer does not face any payment-related
problems. Shopee frequently notifies its consumers to change their password and warns them to read
sellers’ feedback before buying any product.
To avoid scams, the e-commerce platform advises its consumers to buy products only from
those sellers who have social proof to ensure safety. It further advises its customers to check the
customer rating before buying any item, so they know more about the product from previous
customers. This helps the customer make an informed decision. Apart from this, customers can also
click on the name of the sellers to get every’ detail about their shop to gain more trust and have a
satisfactory shopping experience.
1. In the first paragraph, what is NOT true about Shopee?
a. It was established in 2015 in Singapore.
b. It is an e-commerce platform for both consumers and sellers.
c. In Southeast Asia, Shopee is the largest e-commerce platform.
d. People in countries outside Asia can’t use Shopee.
2. What does the phrase “prone to risk” most nearly mean?
a. impossible to be at risk b. likely to suffer from risk
c. willing to risk d. difficult to face risk
3. What kind of risks can customers face when buying online?
a. They may get banned by Shopee. b. Their payment account is fake.
c. Their bank details get stolen. d. They are not educated about fraud.
4. What will happen if the system flags a user?
a. Shopee will alert customers. b. The user will break the rules.
c. The user will be banned. d. Shopee will provide safety measures.
5. The aim of the “Shopee Guarantee” is,
a. to ensure that customers can buy product
b. to give sellers feedbacks
c. to change customers’ passwords
d. to make sure there are no troubles with payment
6. What can customers do to gain more trust in an online shop?
a. They can check the name of the sellers.
b. They can check rating from previous customers.
c. They can get detail about previous customers.
d. They can give their social proof to seller.
7. What is the main idea of this passage?
a. How Shopee assists customers in avoiding scams.
b. What makes Shopee the largest e-commerce platform in Southest Asia.
c. Why customers often get scammed when buying online.
d. The relationship between Shopee and its customers.
XI. Joining two sentences, using the words in brackets.
1. We studied in secondary school. We often went to the bookshop nearby. (When)
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. You want to exchange this shirt for a larger size. You pay for the shipping fee. (if)
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. Customers can buy these products at our shop. They can check our website. (or)
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. The mother is shopping at the supermarket. The children are playing at the arcade. (while)
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. Katherine makes a lot of money. She spends everything on shopping for shoes. (Although)
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. There were buy one get one free deals. Everyone bought two backpacks. (so)
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. My grandmother stopped by an open-air market. Then she came to my house. (After)
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. You don’t buy from that speciality shop. You won’t get overpriced items. (Unless)
__________________________________________________________________________________
9. I won’t buy anything. The Black Friday supersale starts in November. (until)
__________________________________________________________________________________
10. Shopping centres offer a wide range of products. That’s also a place for entertainment. (and)
__________________________________________________________________________________

UNIT 9.
NATURAL DISASTERS
A. PHONETICS
I. Mark the stress on the correct syllable for the following words.
1. additional 2. generous 3. humorous 4. natural
5. practical 6. typical 7. dangerous 8. numerous
9. tremendous 10. animal 11. poisonous 12. national
13. musical 14. disastrous 15. arrival 16. festival
17. marvellous 18. mountainous 19. personal 20. usual
II. Circle the word with a different stress pattern from the others.
1. a. volcanic b. disaster c. destroy d. local
2. a. natural b. property c. ambitious d. violent
3. a. tsunami b. cautious c. tornado d. eruption
4. a. predict b. effect c. tremendous d. cultural
5. a. additional b. practical c. dangerous d. mountainous

B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR

I. Write the names of the disasters on the line, then match them to the pictures.
tsunami earthquake drought avalanche flood
tornado landslide volcanic eruption storm wildfire
1. A sudden, violent shaking of the earth’s surface. a.
_________________________

2. Hot lava, ash and gases come up suddenly from below the earth’s b.
surface through an opening of a mountain.
_________________________

3. A mass of snow, ice, and rock that falls down the side of a mountain. c.
_________________________

4. A large amount of wet earth that suddenly falls down a hill. d.

_________________________

5. A series of large ocean waves, usually caused by an underwater e.

earthquake or a volcanic explosion.
_________________________

6. Very bad weather with strong winds and heavy rain. f.

_________________________

7. A long period of time when there is little or no rain. g.

_________________________

8. A very strong wind that goes quickly round in a circle or funnel. h.

_________________________

9. A fire that starts in an area of countryside and spreads very quickly. i.

_________________________

10. A large amount of water covering an area that is usually dry. j.

_________________________

II. Choose the correct answers.

1. The waves of the __________ were so huge that it destroyed everything on the beach.
a. tornado b. hurricane c. tsunami d. earthquake
2. Five skiers are missing after the __________ in the Alps.
a. drought b. landslide c. flood d. avalanche
3. After the __________ all the houses were left under water.
a. flood b. tornado c. typhoon d. mudslide
4. It took firefighters five days to put out the __________.
a. hurricane b. forest fire c. tsunami d. drought
5. A period of 3 - 4 months without rain will cause a severe __________.
a. typhoon b. earthquake c. drought d. flood
6. The __________ picked up the car and threw it 100 meters into the air. That’s an incredibly strong
wind!
a. tornado b. volcanic eruption c. landslide d. typhoon
7. The __________ shook parts of the region around Tokyo on Saturday. It was 5 on the Richter Scale.
a. hurricane b. flood c. earthquake d. tornado
8. __________ occur when a large amount of water causes the rapid erosion of soil on a steep slope.
a. Tsunamis b. Tornados c. Avalanches d. Mudslides
9. A big storm in the Pacific is known as a __________.
a. avalanche b. typhoon c. tsunami d. tornado
10. Mount Merapi in Indonesia is a famous __________.
a. landslide b. typhoon c. volcano d. tornado
III. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
warning tornadoes victims landslide damage
disasters property emergency kit rescue workers flood
1. The ________________ was overwhelming and the city was soon drowned.
2. It is forbidden to start an open fire in a forest when the local authorities give a forest fire
__________.
3. Temporary housing can be provided to victims when natural ________________ strike.
4. The storm caused severe ________________ in the garden, uprooting trees and blowing a fence
down.
5. ________________ can destroy buildings, flip cars, and create deadly flying debris.
6. Four people were reported killed when a ________________ buried their house.
7. Your ________________ includes items you may need in the event of a natural disaster.
8. ________________ arrived immediately right after the typhoon.
9. A natural disaster can cause loss of life or damage ________________.
10. The government is sending aid to flood ________________.
IV. Complete the sentences with the correct tense or form of the verbs in the box.
bury destroy erupt put out cause
shake warn rage predict rescue
1. Scientists believe the volcano may ________________ any day now.
2. The storm ________________ outside while we were partying inside.
3. Firefighters are still trying ________________ wildfires that have already burned more than 1.6
million acres of tropical forest.
4. It’s impossible ________________ exactly when or where big earthquakes will happen.
5. The landslide took place on Friday morning and ________________ several houses.
6. Typically, lightning strikes ________________ half of all wildfires in Canada each year.
7. Do you think that an earthquake ________________ Japan in a few years?
8. The well-trained team ________________ everyone after the avalanche last night.
9. Right now, the building ________________ so violently I can’t even stand up.
10. With strong storm on the way, the government ________________ public to prepare for flood
risk.
V. Choose the best response for each sentence.
1. ‘I saw a roof flying in the storm yesterday afternoon.’ - ‘________________’
a. Exactly. b. That’s horrible! c. That’s a relief. d. So do I.
2. ‘The weather forecast says it’s going to rain tomorrow.’ - ‘________________ What a pity.’
a. Looks great! b. Not at all. c. Sounds good! d. Oh no!
3. ‘The whole village was submerged in the flood.’ - ‘________________’
a. That’s surprising! b. My fault. c. Already. d. That’s awful!
4. ‘Have you heard the news? A powerful earthquake and following tsunami hit the island of Sulawesi,
Indonesia.’ - ‘________________’
a. How beautiful! b. Awesome! c. How terrible! d. No problem.
5. ‘Rescue workers saved a girl trapped in a collapsed school building.’ - ‘________________’
a. That’s great! b. Good luck. c. How convenient! d. Oh dear!
6. ‘Forecasters say that the storm won’t move toward the land.’ - ‘________________’
a. What a pity! b. Never mind. c. That’s a relief! d. It’s OK.
7. ‘A tornado blew several cars in front of me off the road and into the trees.’ - ‘________________’
a. That’s shocking! b. How cute! c. That’s great! d. Maybe.
8. ‘Did you know the Amazon rainforest fires have already been controlled.’ ‘No, I didn’t.
___________’
a. What a bad day! b. How wonderful!
c. How thoughtful it is! d. Well done.
VI. Complete the sentences with the past continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Luckily, it ________________ (not rain) when I went out this morning.
2. ________ the rescue workers ________ (help) the victims at 9 o’clock yesterday?
3. The people ________________ (rebuild) their damaged homes when we visited the village.
4. _______ they still _________ (install) an earthquake warning system at the time the earthquake
happened?
5. A buffalo ________________ (eat) on the field when a lightning strike hit it.
6. I was outside at 8 p.m. I ________________ (not watch) the news about the hurricane at that time.
7. Some tourists ________________ (swim) in the ocean when the tsunami occurred.
8. What Josh ________________ (do) when you called him about the landslide?
9. My father ________________ (repair) the fences while my mom was fixing the windows.
10. The victim ________________ (look) for his emergency kit when the volcano erupted again.
VII. Underline the correct answer.
1. A magnitude 7.1 earthquake shook / was shaking Southern California on Friday.
2. At that time, they provided / were providing food and water to earthquake victims.
3. Rescue teams saved I were saving hundreds of people from floods in Metro Manila.
4. Last year, about 20 typhoons hit / were hitting the northern regions of the country.
5. A massive landslide buried / was burying dozens of homes near a central Philippine mountain.
6. They repaired / were repairing roads and bridges damaged by the hurricane when we came.
7. At 7 a.m., people cleared / were clearing storm debris across the northwest Florida coast.
8. Everyone was running while the tsunami approached / was approaching the shores.
9. A submarine volcanic eruption caused / was causing tsunamis last month.
10. The firefighters put out / were putting out the fire when they noticed a baby koala.
VIII. Make sentences from the cues given. Use the past simple or past continuous.
1. Unfortunately/ the blaze/ damage/ a total/10 houses/ the area.
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. On the way/ the US Northeast/ Hurricane Sandy/ kill/ 72 people/ the Caribbean.
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. 8 o’clock yesterday/ the tornado/ move/ across/ the Pacific Ocean/ high speed.
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. the residents/ leave/ their homes/ when/ the volcano/ erupt?
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. While/ the storm/ rage/ outside/ we/ sleep/ soundly/ inside our house.
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. How many/ people/ hike/ through the forest/ when/ the landslide/ occur?
_________________________________________________________________________________
7. Life/ be/ difficult/ when/ a drought/ hit/ Mekong Delta/ last year.
_________________________________________________________________________________
8. A lot of people/ work/ inside/ that building/ when/ an earthquake/ shake/ the ground.
_________________________________________________________________________________
9. All of us/ return/ home/ very late/ last night/ because/ the heavy rain.
_________________________________________________________________________________
10. The villagers/ run/ out/ their houses/ quickly/ and/ move/ higher places.
_________________________________________________________________________________
IX. Underline the correct form.
On 26 December 2004, Tilly Smith, a 10-year-old British schoolgirl (1) walked / was walking on
the beach with her family. Suddenly Tilly (2) felt / was feeling that something was wrong. She could
see that the water (3) rose / was rising and waves (4) came / were coming up the beach. The beach (5)
got / was getting smaller and smaller. She (6) didn’t know / wasn’t knowing that there had been an
earthquake in Sumatra that morning, but she suddenly (7) remembered / was remembering a
geography lesson she had had at school just two weeks before. She (8) told / was telling her mother
what she had learned about earthquake and giant waves. Tilly (9) started / was starting screaming at
her parents to get off the beach. They (10) took/were taking Tilly back to their hotel and (11) raised /
raising the alarm. Thanks to Tilly, everybody from that beach (12) survived / was surviving that
terrible day.
X. Put the verbs in brackets into the present simple, present continuous, past simple, past
continuous or future simple.
1. Look! The fire _______________ (burn) over 50 hectares of pine forests.
2. If they don’t run now, flames _______________ (trap) them inside that smoke-filled apartment.
3. _______ the tornado ________ (touch) down last night?
4. At that time, they _______________ (not know) where to shelter from the storm.
5. Tornadoes _______________ (come) from the energy released in a thunderstorm.
6. We _______________ (not drive) outside in the storm at 9 o’clock yesterday morning.
7. Oh no! We’re afraid that the heavy rain _______________ (flood) the whole city.
8. The volcano _______________ (erupt) and _______________ (cause) a tsunami last week.
9. Some tourists _______________ (put out) the fire when the fire engines _______________ (arrive)
at the cottage.
10. What _______ the students ________ (do)? ~ They(learn) about tsunami’s warning signs.
11. I _______________ (think) that we(run) out of food and water soon.
12. The rescue team _______________ (find) the child while they _______________ (search) the
collapsed building.
XI. Choose the correct answers.
1. The drought happens because there ___________ no rain in this area at all.
a. are b. was c. is d. were
2. A flood ___________ when a large amount of water covers the land.
a. occurs b. occurred c. is occurring d. was occurring
3. Yesterday’s earthquake ___________ 8.0 on the Richter scale.
a. measures b. is measuring c. was measuring d. measured
4. Hurricane Dorian ___________ the Abaco Islands as a category 5 hurricane on September 1.
a. strike b. struck c. strikes d. was striking
5. We were frightened because the whole building ___________ violently.
a. trembled b. is trembling c. was trembling d. trembles
6. Look over there! A tornado ___________ the residential areas!
a. approaches b. approached c. is approaching d. will approach
7. Thanks to the help of technology, humans ___________ hurricanes and heavy rains now.
a. predict b. are predicting c. will predict d. can predict
8. A tornado watch is issued when there is a possibility that a tornado ___________.
a. will touch b. touches c. touched d. was touching
9. The fishermen ___________ to Hawaii when they witnessed a volcanic eruption.
a. is sailing b. are sailing c. were sailing d. was sailing
10. Cars can’t get through this area because people ___________ the damaged roads and bridges.
a. still repair b. still repaired c. will still repair d. are still repairing
11. We ___________ home when a hurricane hit the town two days ago. What a terrible experience!
a. are driving b. were driving c. drove d. drive
12. The earthquake ___________ their homes heavily, so they camped out in a city park.
a. damages b. is damaging c. damaged d. was damaging
XII. Use the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Earthquakes cause the ground to move and shake ______________. (violent)
2. Rescue experts can identify ______________ victims with modern methods. (bury)
3. Mount Mayon volcano caused a major ______________ in the Philippines. (erupt)
4. Volcanic tremor is the rhythmic ground ______________. (shake)
5. Despite all the modern technology available to us, we’re still ______________ against earthquakes.
(help)
6. Scientists can understand how earthquakes occur, but they cannot make ______________ about
them. (predict)
7. Rescue workers are trying to find all the people in the ______________ area. (flood)
8. We assisted them with the ______________ of food and clothing. (provide)
9. Linda was the most ______________ typhoon to ever hit Southern Vietnam. (destroy)
10. Medical ______________ were sent to the earthquake victims yesterday. (supply)

c. SPEAKING
I. Make questions for the underlined words.
1. _________________________________________________________________________________
We should immediately find safe shelter if the tornado touches down tomorrow.
2. _________________________________________________________________________________
Earthquakes are becoming more frequent these days because of excess use of underground
materials.
3. _________________________________________________________________________________
Bush fires in Australia badly affected more than 60,000 koalas.
4. _________________________________________________________________________________
Rescue crews helped people from flooded homes and cars.
5. _________________________________________________________________________________
A 6.9 magnitude earthquake struck the Indonesian island of Lombok on August 5.
6. _________________________________________________________________________________
Hurricane Dorian is currently hurtling towards Florida.
7. _________________________________________________________________________________
These volcanic eruptions can last from a few hours to 145 days.
8. _________________________________________________________________________________
Tornadoes generally travel at an average speed of 30 miles per hour.
9. _________________________________________________________________________________
The Amazon is on fire as a result of illegal forest clearing to make more farms.
10. ________________________________________________________________________________
When it rains for a long time, floods could happen.
II. Complete the dialogue with the appropriate phrases or sentences (A - H).
A. You're right. Current technology helps to rapidly deliver the news, but couldn't prevent a
rage of nature.
 B. Hi, Sang. I'm not playing game, but reading the news.
C. Yes. TV can only report what already happened.
D. Hope so.
E. Yeah. A lot of things to talk.
F. Maybe because it was so big and so sudden that they didn't have enough time to deal with
it.
G. Exactly! 9.1 is the largest in Japan and 4th most powerful in the world.
H. "A memory of deaths in 2011 Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami''
Sang: Thien! Playing mobile game is not good. Drop the phone, buddy.
Thien: (1) _________________________________________________________________________
Sang: What news is it?
Thien: (2) _________________________________________________________________________
Sang: Oh, I’m sorry. That was a terrible disaster. People talked about it all the time.
Thien: (3) _________________________________________________________________________
Sang: A 9.1 Richter quake followed by a tsunami, double damage.
Thien: (4) _________________________________________________________________________
Sang: I’ve never stayed in either earthquake or tsunami. I only see it on TV.
Thien: (5) _________________________________________________________________________
Sang: Even Twitter or Facebook can’t do anything else.
Thien: (6) _________________________________________________________________________
Sang: Why did so many people die although Japan was famous for living with earthquakes?
Thien: (7) _________________________________________________________________________
Sang: Hope they won’t meet anything like that again.
Thien: (8) _________________________________________________________________________

d. READING
I. Complete the passage with the words from the box.
flooding mudslide avalanche twister
result famine volcanic plates
Mother nature can be a bit scary at times. These days there seem to be more and more
occurrences of natural disasters happening around the world.
 An (1) _______________ is the large movement of snow down the side of a mountain. They
occur when the snow becomes too loose and as it slides down it mixes with air and water to cause a
powerful and dangerous disaster.
A drought happens when there has been no rain in a place for a long time. A drought may
result in a (2) _______________; this is when there is not enough food to feed the people and they
start to starve.
An earthquake occurs when the (3) _______________ of the earth start to move and the
ground begins to move and shake. The size of earthquakes is measured on the Richter scale.
A flood occurs when a large amount of water covers the land. Too much rain usually causes
floods. As sea levels continue to rise, the risk of (4) _______________ increases.
A hurricane originally means ‘big wind’. Hurricanes are caused by low air pressure and
thunderstorms and (5) _______________ in strong winds and heavy rain. When they happen in the
Atlantic Ocean we call them Hurricanes; however, they are called Typhoons when they happen in the
Pacific Ocean.
A landslide happens on a slope like a mountain or a hill. The rocks and earth become loose and
fall down the slope. When soil on the slope is wet, a (6) _______________ may occur.
A tornado, which is casually known as a (7) _______________, is a very large column of wind
that spins around very quickly. The power of a Tornado can cause the winds to destroy houses and
pick up and throw heavy items.
(8) _______________ eruptions are caused by the plates of the earth moving and the pressure
makes magma push up through the cracks in the earth.
II. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks.
Vietnam usually has a dozen storms every year from June through the end of November, and
most of which occur in the central and northern provinces. November 2 nd, 1997, however, was an
unexpected day when the major storm Linda raged in the south. Linda was the worst typhoon in
southern Vietnam over 100 years. Formed in the sea of the Philippines, Linda strengthened as it
moved westward. Later, it struck extreme southern Vietnam with winds of 100 kilometres an hour.
Over 3000 people were reported lost and died. Ca Mau province, suffered a direct hit by the storm,
had the most damage. Gusts and heavy rainfalls caused flooding, destroyed crops, damaged about
200,000 houses and left about 383,000 people homeless. Linda later struck Thailand, causing flash
flooding and at least 164 deaths. The storm also affected Myanmar, Indonesia, Malaysia, and
Cambodia to a lesser degree.
Today, residents in Mekong Delta still remember Linda after 20 years. The duration of the time is
enough for a kid to grow up from an unforgettable event. The memory of a particular typhoon
improves everyone’s awareness of natural disasters.
A. Decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F).
1. ____ The tropical storm Linda hit northern Vietnam on November 2nd, 1997.
2. ____ Linda was the worst typhoon in Vietnam for the last 100 years.
3. ____ From the Philippines, the storm moved west and struck southern Vietnam with winds of 100
km/h.
4. ____ Approximately 3,000 people were killed during the disaster.
5. ____ Ca Mau province was directly affected by the typhoon.
6. ____ Typhoon Linda caused extensive damage to both property and human.
7. ____ Typhoon Linda only struck Vietnam and Thailand.
8. ____ The storm gradually weakened as it passed over Myanmar.
B. Answer the questions.
1. When is the typhoon season in Vietnam?
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. Where in Vietnam did Typhoon Linda strike?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. What was the wind speed of Typhoon Linda when it hit southern Vietnam?
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. How many homes did Typhoon Linda destroyed?
___________________________________________________________________________________

e. WRITING
I. Reorder the words to make full sentences.
1. the/ dangerous/ Flood/ disasters/ in/ most/ world/ of/ the/ is/ one
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. shelters/ the villagers/ yesterday/ moving/ 8 o’clock/ Were/ the mountains/ to/ in/ at?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. They/ with/ people/ homeless/ will/ temporary/ provide/ accommodation
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. A/ Friday/ 6.9/ Indonesia/ magnitude/ earthquake/ powerful/ on/ struck
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. field/ tornado/ working/ Many/ touched/ were/ when/ farmers/ down/ the/ on the
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. natural/ typhoons and floods/ the/ in/ most/ Are/ frequent/ Vietnam/ disasters?
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. escape/ putting out/ The employees/ were/ while/ the fire/ trying/ the fire crews/ to/ were
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. property/ people’s/ disasters/ devastate/ and destroy/ their/ lives/ Natural
___________________________________________________________________________________
II. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one.
1. The volunteers were distributing rice when the second earthquake occurred.
 While
2. Some firefighters were injured because the building collapsed.
 The building
3. It was such a strong typhoon that all trees were uprooted.
 The typhoon was
4. If the scientists don’t propose another solution for drought, the farmers may lose their crops.
 Unless
5. The storm was raging outside during our sleep.
 While we were
6. We’re grateful that you sent US food and fresh water.
 Thank you
7. The fishing village is still lively even though it has to endure hurricanes every year.
 The fishing village
8. The rescue workers came to the forest and saw many people helping the injured panda.
 Many people were
9. It’s a good idea to find safe shelter right away when there is a tornado warning.
 You
10. We could look for the information about natural disasters on the Internet.
 How
TEST FOR UNIT 9
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from that of the others
1. a. shake b. affect c. donate d. save
2. a. trapped b. damaged c. destroyed d. moved
3. a. violent b. minor c. disaster d. climate
4. a. typhoon b. flood c. food d. school
5. a. earthquake b. weather c. without d. though
6. a. funnel b. eruption c. rubbish d. tsunami
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern.
1. a. dangerous b. mountainous c. disastrous d. poisonous
2. a. collapse b. destroy c. provide d. scatter
3. a. tsunami b. tornado c. property d. eruption
4. a. volunteer b. violent c. wonderful d. terrible
5. a. victim b. typhoon c. damage d. shelter
III. Complete each sentence with a suitable word.
1. _________________ are giant waves caused by earthquakes or undersea volcanic eruptions.
2. _________________ workers have freed people who were trapped in flooded homes.
3. Your _________________ kit should be portable in case you need to evacuate.
4. The Red Cross provided temporary housing to earthquake _________________.
5. The Kilauea volcano _________________ last year, destroying an estimated 700 homes.
6. _________________ eruptions occur when magma escapes from inside the earth.
7. Firefighters are still trying to _________________ out forest fires in Gori Municipality.
8. Last August, a 7-magnitude _________________ hit Lombok island, Indonesia.
9. Floods, hurricanes and earthquakes are natural _________________.
10. Unfortunately, more than 50 people are still _________________ after the landslide.
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. _________ September 1,2019, Hurricane Dorian hit the northwestern Bahamas.
a. In b. On c. At d. During
2. The earthquake caused damage _________ property estimated at $6 million.
a. for b. with c. on d. to
3. Due to a lack of rainfall, California regularly has _________ in summertime.
a. tornadoes b. floods c. droughts d. tsunamis
4. What a(n) _________ news! Thousands of people have died in the quake.
a. terrible b. wonderful c. terrific d. exciting
5. Last night, many people felt the earth _________, but it wasn’t an earthquake.
a. collapse b. tremble c. destroy d. damage
6. Natural disasters are caused by nature and _________ we can’t prevent them.
a. therefore b. however c. moreover d. whereas
7. At least 11 people were killed when a four-storey building _________ in the earhquake.
a. was collapsing b. collapses c. collapsed d. is collapsing
8. _________ the tsunami warning, there were still lots of people on or near the beach.
a. Due to b. Although c. Because d. Despite
9. We witnessed a tornado while we _________ past the paddy fields. It was terrible!
a. drive b. drove c. are driving d. were driving
10. ‘A 12-year-old boy was found alive after being buried in an avalanche for 40 minutes.’ –
‘_________’
a. That’s awesome! b. That’s shocking! c. That’s awful! d. Well done!
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. The government should develop a system to help warning about tsunamis.
A. develop B. to help C. warning D. about
2. The disastrous avalanche happened while a lot of visitors skied down the slope.
A. happened B. while C. skied D. down
3. Search teams were unable to reach some areas because of roads were blocked by lots of debris.
A. unable to reach B. because of C. were blocked D. lots of debris
4. Everyone was frightening when the apartment building started trembling violently.
A. Everyone B. frightening C. when D. trembling
5. The victims lost all of their property after the volcano eruption two months ago.
A. lost B. property C. after D. volcano
6. If you hear a tsunami warning, run out to your houses and move to higher places.
A. if B. hear a C. out to D. move to
7. Many villagers were sleeping inside their houses while the volcano suddenly erupted.
A. Many B. were sleeping C. while D. erupted
8. We are all working hardly to free people trapped in the rubble of collapsed buildings.
A. are all B. hardly C. trapped D. collapsed
9. Two tornadoes cut through eastern Alabama and kill at least 23 people last Sunday.
A. cut B. through C. kill D. last Sunday
10. After the earthquake, thousands of people are left homeless and in need medical supplies and
health care.
A. After B. are left C. in need D. medical supplies
VI. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. The police ________________ (evacuate) people from the flood-affected areas at 7 p.m. yesterday.
2. Typhoon Ketsana ________________ (now/ move) west, threatening to hit central Vietnam in the
coming days.
3. The bush fire ________________ (destroy) about 500 ha of pine forests last month.
4. Can we predict when a volcano ________________ (erupt)?
5. If it ________________ (not rain) soon, the drought will continue and worsen.
6. I hope that scientists ________________ (be) able to predict earthquakes in the future.
7. A powerful earthquake ________________ (strike) Southern California on Friday night.
8. Scientists do not use the term “tidal wave” because tides ________________ (not cause) tsunami
waves.
9. At present, the Amazon ________________ (lose) its ability to recover from disasters like droughts
or forest fires.
10. I experienced a big earthquake while I ________________ (sightsee) Java island.
11. Natural disasters can force people ________________ (leave) their homes.
12. If you are trapped in a collapsed building, cover your mouth with a cloth to avoid
________________ (breathe) dust.
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Weather is still ________________ in long term, so we don’t know exactly where the storm will
move. (predict)
2. The storm left behind it a trail of ________________. (devastate)
3. Climate change could have ________________ effects on Earth. (disaster)
4. Millions of people have been left ________________ following floods in India, Bangladesh and
Nepal. (home)
5. The volunteers raised $100,000 for the flood victims through an online ________________.
(donate)
6. ________________ are searching for a hiker missing in Hawaii for 10 days. (rescue)
7. The local authority ________________ everyone about the upcoming storm days ago. (warning)
8. Super Typhoon Haiyan is one of the most ________________ storms in history. (power)
9. Students from various schools in the city lend a ________________ hand to flood victims. (help)
10. Some ________________ eruptions are explosive and others are not. (volcano)
VIII. Match the questions with the answers.
1. Which natural disaster can produce the fastest winds a. On September 28, 2018.
on earth?
2. In what country did the strongest earthquake on b. 53 people are dead, thousands are
record occur? still missing and many buildings were
destroyed.
3. How high were the tsunami waves that touched c. Chile.
Indonesia in 2011?
4. When did the earthquake strike the Indonesian island d. Human activities and deforestation.
of Sulawesi?
5. How many people died in Nigeria floods? e. 30 metres.
6. How strong was the Papua New Guinea earthquake? f. Tornado.
7. What caused the Amazon rainforest wildfires in Brazil? g. 7.2 on the Richter scale.
8. What are the effects of Hurricane Dorian in the h. More than 100.
Bahamas?
9. Where do most tsunamis occur? i. Wind speed.
10. What determines the category number of a j. In the Pacific and Indian Oceans in the
hurricane? Ring Of Fire.
IX. Choose the word or phrase which best fits each gap.
Hurricane Dorian was the strongest hurricane on record to (1) __________ the Bahamas, and
is regarded as the worst natural disaster in the country’s history. On 1 September 2019, Dorian hit the
Abaco Islands with sustained winds (2) __________ 185 mph (295 km/h). It made landfall as a (3)
__________ 5 hurricane on Elbow Cay, just east of Great Abaco Island, and went on to strike Grand
Bahama at similar intensity, stalling just north of the territory with unrelenting winds for at least 24
hours.
Damage in the Bahamas was catastrophic (4) __________ the prolonged and intense storm
conditions, including heavy rainfall, high winds and storm surge with thousands of homes destroyed,
70,000 people (5) __________ homeless, and at least 58 deaths recorded. As of September 28, 600
people still remain missing. Dorian is (6) __________ the costliest disaster in Bahamian history,
estimated to have left behind an exceptional $7 billion in property damage.
(7) __________ its ravages through the Bahamas, Dorian proceeded along the coasts of the
Southeastern United States and Atlantic Canada, leaving behind considerable damage and economic
(8) __________ in those regions.
1. a. strike b. catch c. occur d. enter
2. a. at b. to c. from d. of
3. a. magnitude b. category c. measure d. extension
4. a. because b. due to c. although d. despite
5. a. left b. made c. found d. stayed
6. a. by turns b. by the way c. by chance d. by far
7. a. When b. While c. After d. Since
8. a. shortages b. losses c. changes d. crisis
X. Read the passage carefully, then do the tasks.
Elephants on the coast of Thailand are acting strange. They stamp their feet and motion
toward the hills. The sea draws back from the beaches. Fish flop in the mud. Suddenly, a huge wave
appears. This is no ordinary wave. It is a tsunami!
Tsunami waves are larger and faster than normal surface waves. A tsunami wave can travel as
fast as a jet plane and can be as tall as a ten-story building. For a tsunami to occur, there must be
some kind of force that causes the ocean water to become displaced. Most tsunamis are caused by
underwater earthquakes. However, volcanoes, landslides, large icebergs, and even meteorites are
capable of causing one of these mighty waves. Tsunamis are extremely powerful. Because tsunami
waves are so strong, they can kill people, damage property, and completely ruin an ecosystem in just
one hour.
Scientists have no way of predicting when a tsunami will hit. However, if a powerful enough
earthquake occurs, scientists can issue a warning or a watch. A warning means that a tsunami will
very likely hit soon. A watch means that conditions are favourable for a tsunami. When people are
notified about a watch or a warning, they have more time to prepare. It is best not to get caught
unaware when a tsunami is on the way!
A. Match the underlined words in the text with their definitions.
1. saying that something will happen before it happens _________________
2. move in a loose, heavy, and uncontrolled way _________________
3. not knowing or realizing that something is happening _________________
4. very strong and powerful _________________
5. good for something and making it likely to be successful _________________
6. moved out of the usual or proper place _________________
7. all the plants and living creatures in a particular area _________________
B. Choose the correct answers.
1. Why are the elephants acting strange?
a. They are not used to seeing fish.
b. They dislike wading into the ocean.
c. They can sense something out of the ordinary.
d. They see the ocean drawing back from the beaches.
2. What is this passage mostly about?
a. How to prepare for tsunamis.
b. Scientists who predict tsunami waves.
c. Similarities and differences between wave types.
d. Causes and effects of tsunamis.
3. Which does not cause a tsunami?
a. earthquakes b. mudslides
c. volcanic eruptions d. meteorites
4. Tsunamis cause so much destruction because they _________________.
a. can be predicted by scientists
b. break on the coast, unlike normal waves
c. are caused by volcanoes, landslides and meteorites
d. can be as tall as a ten-story building
5. We can conclude from the last paragraph that _________________.
a. a tsunami warning is more serious than a watch
b. a tsunami watch is more serious than a warning
c. a tsunami warning and watch are equally serious
d. a tsunami warning and watch both mean a tsunami has formed
XI. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one. Use the words given.
1. The bush fire was so terrible that satellites can spot its smoke from space. (such)
 It
2. Pay attention to tsunami warnings, or else you won’t know when to run. (if)
 You
3. Lightning struck that man while he was talking on the phone. (when)
 That man
4. They predict the typhoon will strike the Philippines, then it will weaken to a tropical depression.
(before)
 They predict the typhoon
5. Typhoons are not as destructive as earthquakes are. (much)
 Earthquakes
6. It took firefighters three hours to extinguish the blaze. (out)
 It
7. If we don’t move to the shelter now, we won’t be able to escape the hurricane. (unless)
 We
8. The weather was so bad that the plane could not take off. (prevented)
 The bad weather
9. While we were on our way home we got caught in a thunderstorm. (going)
 We
10. What about raising money for flood victims? (should)
 Jenny

TEST YOURSELF 3
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. icon b. visual c. scenic d. disaster
2. a. predict b. property c. natural d. tornado
3. a. parade b. rage c. earthquake d. climate
4. a. source b. visit c. castle d. station
5. a. dead b. health c. great d. heavy
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern.
1. a. paradise b. exhibit c. invention d. performance
2. a. medical b. natural c. arrival d. national
3. a. volcanic b. volunteer c. pollution d. tsunami
4. a. festival b. practical c. marvellous d. disastrous
5. a. rescue b. damage c. erupt d. tremble
III. Complete each sentence with an appropriate word. The first letter is given.
1. How terrible! The beach is full of p________________ rubbish.
2. What should we do to minimize our carbon f________________?
3. The l________________ was serious. Big rocks and mud buried many houses.
4. Whenever I’m hungry, I go to the c________________ store in my apartment complex.
5. Habitat loss is one of the most serious e________________ problems at present.
6. When a t________________ touches down, it can destroy everything in its path.
7. The fish in this lake all died because of severe water p________________.
8. My friend Susan is a s________________. She buys all sort of things she doesn’t need.
9. Most c________________ are pleased with the service at this shopping mall.
10. Did you see the new a________________ of Coca-Cola? It’s very creative.
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. Air pollution has many effects _______ the environment and living organisms.
a. in b. of c. for d. on
2. The villagers are reinforcing their houses to prepare _______ the hurricane.
a. for b. in c. from d. with
3. The _______ flooded the entire port city, and many people became homeless.
a. earthquake b. tsunami c. landslide d. tornado
4. The volunteers spent the whole day _______ litter along the river.
a. putting out b. picking up c. giving away d. turning off
5. _______ plastic takes so long to break down, it pollutes the land and water.
a. Even though b. While c. Since d. Because of
6. Tourists love buying traditional handicrafts _______ they visit Vietnam.
a. while b. before c. until d. when
7. _______ do earthquakes usually last? ~ Less than one minute.
a. How strong b. How long c. How often d. How far
8. The open-air market offers many home-grown products, and buyers can _______.
a. discount b. browse c. bargain d. sell
9. The 2010 Haiti earthquake was the most _______ natural disaster in the history of this country.
a. destructive b. permanent c. unique d. awesome
10. ‘A hurricane is heading toward our home town.’ - ‘_______’
a. That’s a relief. b. How interesting! c. Glad to hear. d. Oh my God!
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. A heatwave can lead in widespread drought and increase the risk of wildfires.
A. read B. drought C. increase D. risk of
2. A lot of customers shopped when the ground started trembling violently.
A. stopped B. when C. started D. trembling
3. The price at the supermarket is fixed, so you never can bargain for more discount.
A. at B. fixed C. never can D. more discount
4. People think that noise pollution has less damage to humans then water pollution.
A. that B. less C. to D. then
5. If people keep cutting down trees and they wipe out forests, there will be more floods.
A. cutting B. they wipe C. will be D. floods
6. I hope we will reach the shelter before the tornado will touch down this afternoon.
A. will reach B. before C. will touch down D. this afternoon
7. The timetable shows that the next bus will leave in ten minutes.
A. The B. shows C. will leave D. in ten minutes
8. Everyone was running when the volcano was spewing red hot lava.
A. was running B. when C. was spewing D. lava
9. Despite of their usefulness, pesticides could pose potential risks to food safety.
A. Despite of B. usefulness C. potential D. to
10. The children learned a lot about wildlife protection when they visit the national park.
A. about B. when C. visit D. the
VI. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Look at the timetable. Our flight ________________ (take) off at 10 a.m.
2. The amount of plastic in the ocean ________________ (increase) if we ________________ (not
take) action now.
3. Outdoor air pollution ________________ (cause) more than 3 million deaths a year.
4. There ________________ (be) more than 80,000 wildfires last year.
5. What ________________ (you / do) when the hurricane hit the city?
6. Yesterday’s landslide ________________ (happen) while those people ________________ (hike) in
the jungle.
7. Heavy rains ________________ (lash) the coast of Orissa and Andhra Pradesh in 2013.
8. The local authorities in Oklahoma ________________ (issue) tornado warnings for storms in the
early morning hours.
9. Water pollution makes aquatic plants and animals ________________ (die).
10. Survivors said that many people managed ________________ (escape), but they could not run
away fast enough.
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. A natural disaster can cause ________________ of life or property damage. (lose)
2. Human greenhouse gas emissions are causing ________________ warming. (globe)
3. I decided to buy those sneakers as they were really ________________. (comfort)
4. Hurricane Katrina was one of the most ________________ hurricanes ever to hit the United States.
(disaster)
5. Filters do not remove all ________________ from water. (pollute)
6. Freak tornado leaves trail of ________________ in its wake. (destroy)
7. appeal to the government to enact laws to stop factories from discharging toxic chemicals into the
sea. (environment)
8. Toxic pollution is contaminated water, soil, and air that is ________________. (poison)
9. Pollution kills more people than both war and ________________. (violent)
10. Shopping centres actually offer many forms of ________________. (entertain)
VIII. Complete the dialogue with the appropriate sentences. Write the letters of the sentences (A -
H).
A. I visited three shopping centres, and the one I like most is IconSiam.
B. I spent the whole morning shopping, then I had lunch at the food court and took a look at
the floating market in the afternoon.
C. Well, it depends. But all shops have fixed price, so you cannot bargain.
D. It's a good idea. I’ll give you a list of shops and restaurants that you should go.
E. They are much bigger than those In Viet Nam, and they have a wide range of entertainment.
F. It's one of the biggest shopping centres in Thailand.
G. It was awesome. The shopping centres there are really impressive.
 H. It has more than 7,000 shops, 100 restaurants and even a floating market!
Nga: How was your trip to Bangkok?
Lien: (1) ___________________________________________________________________________
Nga: Really? What do you like about them?
Lien: (2) ___________________________________________________________________________
Nga: Wow! What’s your favourite shopping centre there?
Lien: (3) ___________________________________________________________________________
Nga: I’ve never heard of that name before.
Lien: (4) ___________________________________________________________________________
Nga: Oh, I see. Why do you find it impressive?
Lien: (5) ___________________________________________________________________________
Nga: A floating market inside the mall? How wonderful! What did you do there?
Lien: (6) ___________________________________________________________________________
Nga: You seemed to have a lot of fun. Was the price reasonable?
Lien: (7) ___________________________________________________________________________
Nga: Hmm... Interesting. I think I’ll visit IconSiam when I travel to Bangkok.
Lien: (8) ___________________________________________________________________________
Nga: Wow! Thank you!
IX. Choose the word or phrase which best fits each gap.
What is pollution? Stinky stuff? Muck? Poison? Yes, all those things... and more. Some is
obvious like smoke (1) _______________ you can see but much of it is not obvious at all. Yet you’re
eating it and it and breathing it most of the time. And what is worse is that all this muck (2)
_______________ all other life on Earth. You can find pollution made by people just about (3)
_______________ on the planet. Even (4) _______________ places like the Arctic are badly polluted
by nasty chemicals made by people. The polar bears and seals there have poisonous chemicals made
by people in their bodies and (5) _______________ do the Inuit people who live with them. These
nasty things kill many animals and make others sick - including penguins (6) _______________ the
Antarctic. They also kill people and make them ill too. There’s nowhere on the planet (7)
_______________ with no pollution; (8) _______________ the bottom of the sea or high up in the air.
1. a. what b. where c. when d. which
2. a. pollutes b. affects c. results d. attracts
 3. a. everywhere b. nowhere c. wherever d. somewhere
4. a. remote b. quiet c. interesting d. crowded
5. a. either b. also c. neither d. so
6. a. of b. on c. in d. at
7. a. made b. left c. taken d. led
8. a. now that b. but for c. not even d. no ever
X. Read the passage carefully, then do the tasks.
A magnitude-9.0 earthquake, also known as the Great East Japan Earthquake, struck in the
Pacific Ocean off the northeast coast of Japan’s Honshu island on March 11, 2011. It was the most
powerful earthquake ever to hit Japan and the fourth largest ever recorded in the world. The
earthquake triggered a massive tsunami that flooded more than 200 square miles of coastal land.
Waves estimated to be as high as 38 meters, the height of a 12-story building, tore apart
coastal towns and villages, carrying ships inland as thousands of homes were flattened, then washed
tons of debris and vehicles back out to sea. Damage to the reactors at TEPCO’s Fukushima Daiichi
Nuclear Power Plant then caused a third disaster, contaminating a wide area that still forces nearly
100,000 residents to live as evacuees. Tsunami waves also swept across the Pacific, causing damage
or disruptions in Hawaii, California, Oregon, Washington and British Columbia.
Casualties from the earthquake and tsunami in Japan may be 30,000 and close to 500,000
people were forced to evacuate. More than 125,000 buildings have been washed away or seriously
damaged; property damage is estimated to be more than $310 billion.
A. Decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F).
1. ____ A magnitude-9.0 earthquake struck offshore of Japan on March 11, 2011.
2. ____ This earthquake was the world’s largest recorded quake.
3. ____ Tsunami waves caused by the earthquake smashed the coast, causing massive damage and
flooding.
4. ____ As the waves retreated back to the sea, they carried ships with them.
5. ____ The tsunami damaged the Fukushima Daiichi reactors, causing a nuclear disaster.
6. ____ About 500,000 people within the nuclear evacuation zone were evacuated.
7. ____ An estimated 30,000 people were killed by the 2011 earthquake and tsunami.
8. ____ Property damage from the earthquake and tsunami is estimated over $310 billion.
B. Answer the questions.
1. Where did the earthquake strike?
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. What caused the tsunami?
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. What was the height of tsunami waves?
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. How many people were evacuated?
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. What regions did the tsunami also affect?
__________________________________________________________________________________
XI. Choose the correct answer a, b, c, or d to indicate the sentence that Is closest in meaning to the
sentence given.
1. Don’t go outside now, or else you will get caught up in the storm.
a. You should go outside now; otherwise, you will get caught up in the storm.
b. You shouldn’t go outside now; however, you will get caught up in the storm.
c. If you don’t go outside now, you will get caught up in the storm.
d. You will get caught up in the storm if you go outside now.
2. Unless farmers stop overusing chemicals in their crops, pollutants will affect both animals and
humans.
a. If farmers stop overusing chemicals in their crops, pollutants will affect both animals and humans.
b. If farmers don’t stop overusing chemicals in their crops, pollutants won’t affect both animals and
humans.
c. If farmers don’t stop overusing chemicals in their crops, pollutants will affect both animals and
humans.
d. If farmers stop overusing chemicals in their crops, pollutants won’t affect both animals and
humans.
3. The drought was so severe that all the water in the lake dried up.
a. It was such a severe drought that all the water in the lake dried up.
b. It was so severe that the drought made all the water in the lake dry up.
c. All the water in the lake dried up when the drought was so severe.
d. The drought was so severe; however, all the water in the lake dried up.
4. The vegetables are fresh and safe to eat because they are home-grown.
a. Although the vegetables are home-grown, they are fresh and safe to eat.
b. The vegetables are home-grown, so they are fresh and safe to eat.
c. If the vegetables are fresh and safe to eat, they will be home-grown.
d. The vegetables are fresh and safe to eat despite being home-grown.
5. The firefighters spent a week putting out the bush fires.
a. Putting out the bush fires in a week was the firefighters’ job.
b. It took the firefighters a week to put out the bush fires.
c. The firefighters needed to put out the bush fires in a week.
d. A week was what the firefighters needed to put out the bush fires.
II. Write the second sentence so that It has the same meaning to the first one.
1. They’ll release the koala back into the wild after they heal its wound.
 Before they
2. It’s impossible for us to predict when the earthquake will happen.
 We
3. Susan wasn’t injured in the earthquake, and her family wasn’t injured, either.
 Neither Susan
4. Don’t leave the tap running while brushing your teeth, or you will waste water.
 If you
5. What was the height of the waves in the Japan tsunami 2011?
 How
 UNIT 10.
COMMUNICATION
IN THE FUTURE
A. PHONETICS
I. Complete the following words with -ese or -ee, then mark the stress in the words and practice
saying them. You can use a dictionary if necessary.
1. interview___ 2. Canton___ 3. Japan___ 4. adopt___
5. employ___ 6. Portugu___ 7. Chin___ 8. Vietnam___
9. guarant___ 10. address___ 11. Taiwan___ 12. degr___
13. absent___ 14. award___ 15. refug___ 16. Bhutan___
17. Leban___ 18. Nepal___ 19. agr___ 20. train___
II. Mark the stress for the following words, then complete the sentences.
Japanese addressee Vietnamese awardee
Portuguese trainee referee employee
refugees escapees Cantonese examinee
1. The _________________’s name was spelled incorrectly on the letter.
2. Her boss thinks she is a hard-working _________________.
3. The _________________are the people of the Guangdong region in the south of China.
4. The _________________whistled and the game was over.
5. Thousands of _________________have entered the camps along the borders in recent days.
6. The _________________kimono is one of the world’s recognizable traditional garments.
7. Each _________________receives a certificate, a medallion and a cash prize.
8. The _________________had only just finished the test when the bell rang.
9. Susan has lived in Hanoi for a year and she is studying _________________.
10. A _________________teacher showed the children what to do.
11. _________________is the national language of Brazil.
12. The _________________were recaptured after three days on the run.

B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR

I. Match the words with their definitions.
1. voice message a. a mobile phone that also has some of the functions of a computer
2. group call b. a method of producing or using a three-dimensional image created by laser
beams
3. smartphone c. a way of communicating in which thoughts are sent from one person’s
mind to another person's mind
4. emoji d. a means of communication which involves multiple people
5. video e. a recording of a spoken message
conference
6. holography f. a small computer that is easy to carry, with a large touch screen
7. social network g. a conference in which participants in different locations are able to
communicate with each other by using video technology
8. telepathy h. a website or app through which users can communicate with each other by
adding information, messages, images, etc.
9. tablet i. a video camera that is connected to a computer
10. webcam j. a small digital image or icon used to express an idea or emotion
II. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases in part I. Use the plural if necessary.
1. My favourite _________________ is ‘laughing face’ because it saves you putting ‘hahaha’ or ‘lol’.
2. _________________ allows one to speak directly to the mind of another.
3. _________________ are faster to send because you don’t have to type the text, you can just
quickly say it.
4. Turn on the _________________ so the teacher can see your face.
5. My phone is too small, my computer is too inconvenient, so I prefer using a _________________.
6. Let’s have a _________________ on Facebook to discuss our project.
7. _________________ can be held with people in any corner of the globe.
8. Many young people find it difficult to go about their daily lives without using their
______________.
9. KidzWorld is a _________________ for kids, tweens and teens.
10. _________________ allows us to create 3D images of virtual and real objects.
III. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
translation private real instantly barrier
three-dimensional channel advanced high-speed network
1. A smartphone is a cell phone that offers _____________ capabilities with computer like
functionality.
2. Moving abroad isn’t easy when there’s a language _____________.
3. Holography is a video-conference technology with _____________ images.
4. There are many useful _____________ tools that can help in learning a language.
5. Make sure that you have _____________ Internet connection for the video conference.
6. The Bark for Kids app allows you to track your child in _____________ time.
7. What does PM mean in texting? ~ It means _____________ message.
8. I like chatting with Sarah because she always replies to my messages _____________.
9. All computer users are connected on a _____________.
10. The newsletter is a useful _____________ of communication between teachers and parents.
IV. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. Could you ________ in on her face? I want to see her reaction.
a. put b. view c. zoom d. show
2. In ancient Egypt, people used ________ to send messages home from ships at sea.
a. smartphones b. carrier pigeons c. webcams d. social network
3. ________ occurs when two people look at each other’s eyes at the same time.
a. Eye contact b. Conversation c. Chatting d. Talking
4. With ________, people can do their tasks while discussing with others at the same time.
a. holography b. text messages c. emails d. voice chats
5. In the future, people will communicate brain-to-brain, using ________.
a. telepathy b. blog c. holography d. messager
6. A professional human ________ is still better than machine translation.
a. translation b. translating c. translator d. translate
7. ________ are websites where users can freely type to communicate with one another in real time.
a. Message boards b. Chat rooms c. F2F meetings d. Video Conferences
8. It has been almost 30 years since the creation of ________, the Internet face emoticon.
a. painting b. code c. picture d. smiley
9. It was our first ________ meeting after 10 years of being pen pals.
a. instant b. face to face c. private d. informal
10. Text messaging enables people to keep in close ________ at all times.
a. contact b. control c. network d. expression
V. Underline the correct answer.
1. We’ll be able to use more advanced technology to communicate in / on /at the future.
2. My Internet connection was interrupted at / during / by the video conference.
3. Let’s try to finish this project on /for / by 6 p.m. today!
4. Matthew has an online English lesson in / on / at9 o’clock every Saturday morning.
5. George always checks his Facebook after / before / during bedtime.
6. She didn't finish her homework because she chatted with her friends/or / during / in 5 hours.
7. Do you know anything about the communication exhibition in / on / at Sunday?
8. The video conference is too long. It lasts until / after / before 7 p.m.
9. I’ll email you the file before / after/ for I finish my part of the project.
10. I believe telepathy will be a popular way of communication on / at / in 100 years’ time.
VI. Complete the sentences with at (x2), in, on, under, between, in front of, opposite, behind, next
to.
1. Patrick finally found the important document ________ a pile of papers.
2. Stop texting with your friends while walking ________ the pavement!
3. The company hopes to use holography to display their products ________ the end of the year.
4. Contestants have to go to the ________ room to take the online oral test.
5. Some people detest sitting all day ________ the computer screen.
6. People ________ different countries can join the conversation in a group call.
7. Is the smiley emoji ________ the angry emoji and the sad emoji?
8. I prefer sitting ________ my friends and talking face to face.
9. We were ordering our drinks, and the person ________ us kept telling us to hurry up.
10. Where’s Anna? ~ She’s ________ home. She’ll join the meeting through video call.
VII. Fill in the blank with at, in or on.
1. ________ 8 p.m. tonight, we are performing a new play. Don’t miss it!
2. Why is the text ________ your computer screen so small? I can’t read it.
3. Do you think translators will lose their jobs to machines ________ the future?
4. Her apartment is ________ the 15th floor of a luxury building.
5. We won’t use landline phone anymore ________ ten years’ time.
6. Do you have any plans ________ Monday night?
7. Let’s stop ________ a convenience store to buy snacks before going to school.
8. There’s no mobile phone signal at all ________ the middle of this forest.
9. Joe is watching the news about a social robot ________ the living room.
10. Are they having a group call ________ the moment?
VIII. Fill in the blank with the suitable possessive pronouns: mine, yours, his, hers, ours, theirs.
1. If you don’t have a tablet, you can use ________. I have two.
2. Anna never uses emojis, so I don’t think this text message is ________.
3. Adam and Sammy are my new neighbours. My house is next to ________.
4. How silly! She took my phone by mistake, and I took ________.
5. This phone case of ________ is pretty. It matches the colour of your phone.
6. Do you bring your own laptop? ~ Of course, the grey one is ________.
7. I don’t think it’s Andy’s voice. ________ is much lower.
8. Do you think their connection is strong? ~ No, ________ is stronger. We can buy the tickets faster.
9. They claimed that those new emojis were an idea of ________.
10. My webcam is too blurry. Where did you buy ________?
IX. Underline the correct answer.
1. If you use holography, you can attend a meeting with your / yours 3D image.
2. My brother’s favourite brand is Apple, while my / mine is Samsung.
3. Our laptop has a webcam, but their/ theirs doesn’t, so we can’t see them.
4. She looked everywhere, but she couldn’t find her / hers smartwatch.
5. You have so many different phones. Is this pink one also one of your / yours.
6. Lisa is one of my / mine foreign friends that I know from Twitter.
7. Is it good to use our / ours smartphones 8 hours every day?
8. Mr. Connor is one of their / theirs teachers at school.
9. That company didn’t create their /theirs own emojis, they copied our / ours. How shameful!
10. I’m glad that Kian has him /his own laptop, so he can join our / ours video conference.
X. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first sentence.
1. His 7-inch Samsung tablet is blue.
 That blue
2. Telepathy in the future is one of their ambitious projects.
 Telepathy in the future is an
3. This is her opinion on some ways of modern communication.
 This opinion
4. He is the owner of that translation agency.
 That translation agency
5. The purple smartphone on the table belongs to me.
 The purple smartphone
6. Can I borrow an external webcam of yours?
 Can I
7. Do you own the latest technology of making hologram?
 Is the latest technology
8. Two of our teammates will host the group call this weekend.
 Two teammates
9. A friend of mine always uses emojis in her text messages.
 One of
10. Is he one of your penfriends from the tech forum?
 Is he
XI. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Grandma, can you see ______________ me on your tablet? (clear)
2. Email features ______________, whereas snail mail represents tradition. (modern)
3. A three-______________ object can be measured in three different directions. (dimension)
4. Message boards can be ______________ teaching tools. (interact)
5. They’ve been together for so long they have a ______________ understanding. (telepathy)
6. All the samples at this bakery are ______________ images of the real products. (holography)
7. There are many cultural ______________ between Vietnam and the US. (differ)
8. Satellites can ______________ voice, video and data communications. (transmission)
9. A ______________ language is a language produced by sounds, as opposed to a written language.
(speak)
10. By paying attention to your storytelling and body language, you can become a more effective
______________. (communicate)
XII. Fill in each gap with an appropriate preposition.
1. My granddad got annoyed because the webcam kept focusing _______ his chin.
2. I believe people will invent new ways of communicating _______ the future.
3. Have you finished talking _______ the phone?
4. By using video calls, you can talk and see all your friends _______ the same time.
5. They communicate _______ each other via email.
6. She glanced _______ her watch for many times that morning.
7. Are you making a call _______ your friends on Facebook?
8. Teens prefer chatting with friends online _______ seeing them in person.
9. She was in the kitchen chatting _______ her best friend.
10. We will see the film _______ Galaxy Nguyen Du.

c. SPEAKING
I. Match the questions with the answers.
1. What means of communication will people a. Maybe in 100 years’ time.
use in the future?
2. What is telepathy? b. I believe smartphones will still be commonly
used.
3. Who will be using this means of c. I think we’ll all use telepathy.
communication?
4. Will we be able to use emojis via d. We can express our ideas more easily without
telepathy? using words.
5. How will we use them? e. I’ll choose smartphones.
6. When will telepathy become commonly f. It’s communicating by thoughts, without talking
used? or writing.
7. How will it help in communication? g. Emojis will appear in front of our eyes as 3D
images.
8. Will there be any problems with h. Everyone will be using it.
telepathy?
9. What means of communication will still be i. Of course we will.
popular in 100 years?
10. Which will you prefer, smartphones or j. I think there won’t. There will be a safety device.
telepathy?
II. Rearrange the sentences to make a complete conversation.
___ You’re kidding! How can a program have a conversation with us?
___ Sorry for interrupting, but how can it understand all the languages?
___ I’m chatting with a chatbot.
___ Hold on. Artificial intelligence? Are you talking about technology in the future?
_1_ Natalie! Who are you chatting with?
___ What exactly is a chatbot?
___ Wow! With this, selling products to customers from other countries will be a piece of cake.
___ How impressive! How will chatbot help these shops?
___ So do I.
___ Oh, I think it uses translation machines. You can choose the language you want by clicking a
button.
___ Chatbot is a computer program that can hold a conversation with a person.
___ Not at all. In fact, some online shops have already used chatbot to reply to customers.
___ That’s exactly how I feel. I hope chatbot will be more common in the future.
___ Well, it uses artificial intelligence and natural language processing. It can understand our
questions and reply automatically.
___ It can instantly reply to customers in all languages. Moreover, it helps...

d. READING
I. Complete the passage with the words from the box.
conferencing directly telepathy change enough digital transmit smartphone
FUTURE COMMUNICATION
One way we might see communication (1) ______________ in the future is through
augmented reality (AR). In an augmented-reality system, you view the world through a technological
overlay. This could take the form of a hand-held device like a (2) ______________ - there are several
augmented-reality applications already available for some phones. Another possible application is
through a set of augmented-reality glasses. In either case, you can view the world around you and see
real-time (3) ______________ information about what you’re viewing.
Then there’s video (4) ______________. While the technology has existed for years, video calls
aren’t popular. It might be because the hardware hasn’t been compelling or cost-effective (5)
______________. But now webcams are starting to appear on televisions and are standard on many
laptops. Are we about to enter an era of video conferencing?
In the distant future, we may be able to communicate by sending our thoughts through a
network (6) ______________ into someone else’s brain. We’re decades away from such technology,
but scientists are working on creating brain-computer interfaces that allow people to (7)
______________ thoughts directly to a computer. Perhaps 50 years from now we’ll all use an
electronic version of (8) ______________.
- augmented reality (n): (công nghệ) thực tế ảo tăng cường
- overlay (n): lớp phủ
II. Read the passage carefully, then do the tasks.
Artificial Intelligence (AI) is poised to play a pivotal role in shaping the future of
communication. AI, with its ability to learn, adapt, and mimic human intelligence, is already
transforming how we communicate.
Chatbots and virtual assistants like Sir!, Alexa, and Google Assistant are prime examples of AI
in communication. They understand human language, respond intelligently, and learn from
interactions to improve future responses. These AI-powered tools are expected to become more
sophisticated, offering more personalized and human-like interactions.
AI is also enhancing communication through language translation. Tools like Google Translate
are breaking down language barriers, enabling seamless communication across different languages.
Future advancements may lead to real-time, accurate translation, making global communication more
accessible.
AI is revolutionizing business communication. Al-powered analytics tools can analyze
communication patterns, customer feedback, and social media sentiment to provide actionable
insights. This can help businesses improve their communication strategies and customer engagement.
The integration of AI in communication also raises ethical and privacy concerns. As AI systems learn
from our communication, they collect vast amounts of personal data, raising questions about data
security and privacy.
A. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ___ Artificial intelligence has the ability to mimic human intelligence.
2. ___ Siri, Alexa and Google Assistant are the only examples of AI in communication.
3. ___ Google Translate is a form of artificial intelligence.
4. ___ Businesses can use AI in their communication with customers.
5. ___ There is no one questioning the data security and privacy when using AI.
B. Choose the correct answer.
1. What is NOT mentioned about artificial intelligence?
a. It helps in many different fields, such as language and business.
b. It will soon replace other means of communication in the future.
c. It can be more advanced in the future.
d. There are some doubts about its data security and privacy.
2. Siri, Alexa and Google Assistant can ____________.
a. learn from its interactions with human
b. improve human language
c. respond to each other intelligently
d. understand human
3. How does Google Translate help in communication?
a. It creates global communication.
b. It provides real-time conversations.
c. It helps to get access to different languages.
d. It helps to break down language barriers.
4. AI-powered analytics tools ____________.
a. respond to customer feedback
b. improve a business
c. help with communication strategies
d. provide social media sentiment
5. What does the writer think may be a problem with Al in communication?
a. AI may collect private information from people.
b. AI can offer human-like interactions.
c. AI is revolutionizing business communication.
d. AI may lead to inaccurate translation.
6. What is the passage mainly about?
a. The advantages and disadvantages of AI
b. The role of AI in future communication
c. How AI helps in business communication
d. AI and its ethical and privacy concerns

e. WRITING
I. Reorder the words to make sentences.
1. use/ More/ special occasions/ for/ video conference/ or short conversations/ will/ people
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. more and more/ among/ is/ Social media/ young people/ popular/ becoming
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. by/ way/ is/ a/ communicate/ instantly/ thought/ Telepathy/ to
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. than/ text messages/ are/ ever/ sending/ before/ more/ Teens
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. by/ in/ think/ communicate/ will/ you/ telepathy/ people/ Do/ 30 years?
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. to/ someone/ is/ know/ often/ give/ a/ that/ something/ good/ We/ let/ “thumbs up”
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. allows/ Chatting via webcam/ their/ watch/ body language/ with/ you/ to/ friends
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. is/ each other/ we/ from/ with/ communicate/ The way/ different/ the past
___________________________________________________________________________________
9. cell phones/ face to face/ texting/ their/ prefer/ on/ to talking/ today/ Teenagers
___________________________________________________________________________________
10. help/ of/ language barrier/ with/ communicate/ the/ in spite/ can/ foreigners/ Gestures
___________________________________________________________________________________
II. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one.
1. Can one of your tablets connect to 5G?
 Can one tablet
2. Beck had difficulty in understanding her daughter’s text messages.
 Beck found it
3. Video conferencing technology allows people in remote places to hold face-to-face meetings.
 Video conferencing technology lets
4. The first time that I created an email account is still unforgettable.
 I still remember
5. Making a video call without the network is impossible.
 It’s
6. Face-to-face communication is better than texting.
 Texting isn’t
7. Could you please confirm the date and time of the meeting?
 Would you
8. I had to resit my English online test because my Internet connection was bad.
 My Internet connection
9. ‘Why don’t we give Jean a video call?’
 Albert said. Albert suggested
10. Making video call with friends is a leisure activity of mine.
 Making video call with friends is one
TEST FOR UNIT 10
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from that of the others
1. a. telepathy b. system c. reply d. battery
2. a. cinema b. cultural c. conference d. communicate
3. a. watched b. practiced c. decided d. checked
4. a. mean b. reach c. leave d. break
5. a. device b. emoji c. private d. tiny
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern.
1. a. battery b. internet c. computer d. conference
2. a. telepathy b. communicate c. holography d. interviewee
3. a. tablet b. advanced c. button d. problem
4. a. Vietnamese b. express c. trainee d. translate
5. a. employ b. device c. predict d. social
III. Complete each sentence with an appropriate word. The first letter is given.
1. She always sends v_________________ messages because she’s too lazy to type.
2. In the UK, the most used e_________________ are ‘face with tears of joy’, ‘face blowing a kiss’ and
‘love heart’.
3. Schools and families should teach children the safe use of social n_________________.
4. T_________________ would allow people to communicate by thought, without the need for verbal
or written language.
5. Most students are using Google’s t_________________ services to help them with their foreign
languages homework.
6. Nowadays each s_________________ can function as well as a laptop.
7. The inability to communicate using a language is known as language b_________________.
8. I need a high-speed Internet c_________________ so I can book the ticket as fast as possible.
9. Video call allows you to talk and see a person in r_________________ time.
10. What means of c_________________ will be commonly used in the near future?
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. Many parents find it difficult to communicate _______ their teenage children.
a. of b. by c. through d. with
2. We discussed our project on holography _______ two hours yesterday.
a. for b. by c. in d. at
3. My whole face is accommodating all the screen, but I can't _______ my webcam.
a. zoom in b. zoom out c. move up d. move down
4. Letters were a common _______ of communication prior to the electronic age.
a. skill b. means c. channel d. system
5. They couldn’t communicate in _______, because William was illiterate.
a. body language b. sign language c. writing d. speaking
6. _______ allows you to hold meetings with colleagues who are located in different places.
a. Face-to-face meeting b. Voice message
c. Telepathy d. Video conferencing
7. In the future people _______ communicate with each other using body implants and holograms.
a. will b. should c. can d. must
8. _______ texting abbreviations tend to be grammatically incorrect, they are very commonly used in
messages.
a. Because b. If c. Although d. While
9. My phone cannot connect to the wi-fi here. What about _______?
a. you’re b. you c. your d. yours
10. ‘Click this button to open the emoji panel and...’ - ‘Hold on. _______’
a. Is that your button? b. Sorry for interrupting.
c. Can you repeat that please? d. You’re kidding!
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. A friend of my is very good at making three-dimensional images.
A. my B. at C. three-dimensional D. images
2. The computer room, where you take your online test, is in the end of this hall.
A. The B. where C. is D. in the end
3. Electronic mail is the popular method of communication these days because it’s fast, efficient, and
expensive.
A. Electronic mail B. of communication C. efficient D. expensive
4. Two of theirs employees are presenting new functions of Facebook at the moment.
A. Two B. theirs C. are D. at
5. He decided to not apply for that job because he didn’t meet all the qualifications.
A. to not apply B. because C. didn’t meet D. qualifications
6. While overseas, I use iMessage and FaceTime to keep on touch with family and friends.
A. While overseas B. use C. keep on D. with
7. Most teenagers say they’d rather to talk to their friends online than see them in person.
A. Most teenagers B. to talk C. than see D. in person
8. Because social media networks, we are now able to interact with thousands of people all over the
world.
A. Because B. are now able C. interact with D. all over
9. Emojis and abbreviations are common used in text messages among teenagers.
A. Emojis B. common C. in D. among
10. We planned to stay in the bay in a few days, and then sail for New York.
A. to stay B. in C. sail D. for
VI. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Thirty years ago, very few people ________________ (believe) in the possibility of telepathy.
2. While I ________________ (write) the email, the computer suddenly went off.
3. I ________________ (not answer) your phone because I was taking a shower.
4. You can visit me right now. I ________________ (not do) anything important.
5. The conference ________________ (begin) at 8 a.m. Don’t be late!
6. In the future people ________________ (communicate) brain-to-brain using telepathy.
7. Jimmy and I ________________ (play) games on my smartphone when my friend sent me a
message.
8. At present, people ________________ (spend) more time “connecting” online and less time
engaging in face-to-face.
9. We intend ________________ (go) to Australia next year to visit our daughter.
10. There’s no point ________________ (wait) for her to change her mind.
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Twitter or Facebook is like a small ________________ where people can voice their opinion. (social)
2. Don’t pay any ________________ to what they say. (attend)
3. Being able to communicate ________________ is the most important of all life skills. (effect)
4. All that ________________ can be conveyed in a simple diagram. (inform)
5. ________________ with others online can be fun, as long as your teen knows how to stay safe.
(chat)
6. Scientists are working on highly ________________ technology to communicate with animals.
(advance)
7. The speaker asked questions to maintain the ________________ between him and his audience.
(interact)
8. Some animals, such as whales, have developed ________________ ability. (communicate)
9. Smiling and frowning are examples of facial ________________. (express)
10. Video conferencing ________________ people in various places to have a meeting. (able)
VIII. Match the question with the answer.
1. What means of communication uses thoughts? a. Yes, it’s mine.
2. Is this your new laptop? b. At the conference hall.
3. What is the webcam for? c. They are fun and cute.
4. When will holography become more common? d. Once a month.
5. Who often uses video conference? e. We usually chat on Zalo.
6. Why are emojis popular among teens? f. It’s telepathy.
7. How do you keep in contact with friends? g. Businesses use it a lot.
8. Where will they hold the exhibition? h. It’s for video call or video
conference.
9. How often do you send letters to your pen pal? i. No, he isn’t.
10. Is he a classmate of yours? j. Maybe in 20 years.
Language barriers are disappearing as well. Devices that can (6) ________________ languages
in real-time allow people from different countries and cultures to communicate without the need for
an interpreter.
In the distant future, we may be able to communicate by sending our thoughts through a
network (7) ________________ into someone else’s brain. We’re decades away from such
technology, but scientists are working on creating brain-computer interfaces that allow people to
transmit thoughts directly to a computer. Perhaps 50 years from now we’ll all use an electronic
version of (8) ________________.
1. a. movement b. advances c. failure d. promotions
2. a. hand-held b. holding-hand c. hand-holding d. held-hand
3. a. how b. where c. when d. what
4. a. in b.for c. on d. into
5. a. webcams b. browsers c. cameras d. batteries
6. a. receive b. instruct c. deliver d. translate
7. a. mostly b. frequently c. directly d. commonly
8. a. holography b. telepathy c. technology d. reality
X. Read the passage carefully, then do the tasks.
Tools such as digital recorders, drones, and artificial intelligence are now helping US
understand the sounds of nature in new ways and may even allow US to someday communicate with
animals. Automated listening posts have been set up in ecosystems worldwide, from rainforests to
the depths of the ocean. The resulting research from these listening posts is enabling humans to
observe and analyse nature's sounds beyond the limits of our own sensory capabilities.
Needless to say, these listening posts generate a lot of data that is virtually impossible to sort
through manually. Therefore, researchers in the field are utilizing artificial intelligence to sort through
the recordings and find emerging patterns that may help us understand what animals are saying to
each other.
As one example, utilizing this Al technology has allowed a research team in Germany to
encode honeybee signals into a robot they sent into the hive. After using the Al technology’ to decode
the bees’ behavior, the team used the honeybees' waggle dance communication to tell the honeybees
to stop moving and to give them directions to fly’ to a specific nectar source. The next stage of this
research is to implant the robots into the honeybee hives so the hives accept the robots as members
of their community’ from birth.
The results of this research have far-reaching implications and many possible applications. In
addition to the possibility of one day speaking with animals, this research could even be used to
create a form of therapy for animals and plants alike.
A. Match the following definitions with the words from the article.
1. capabilities a. change information into a particular form
2. implant b. run by machines and computers
3. encode c. likely to have a lot of influence or many effects
4. decode d. To put something into a part of something
5. manually e. the abilities to do something
6. automated f. find the meaning of something
7. far-reaching g. by hand
B. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ___ Artificial intelligence is helping us communicate with animals.
2. ___ Researchers have put listening posts both on land and under the sea.
3. ___ Data from the listening posts allows humans to analyse nature's sounds.
4. ___ AI technology can help researchers to decode the bees' behavior.
5. ___ The researchers can communicate with the honeybee by dancing.
6. ___ In the next stage, the researchers will use robots to build a honeybee hives.
7. ___ According to the passage, the research brings out positive results.
C. Answer the questions.
1. Why do researchers use artificial intelligence to sort through data?
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. How does Al help to understand what animals are saying to each other?
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. Which animal is mentioned in the passage as an example?
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. What did the German research team encode?
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. Where did the researcher guide the bees by using their waggle dance communication?
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. How will the researchers make the honeybee hives accept the robots?
_________________________________________________________________________________
7. What can be the other usage of the research besides talking to animals?
_________________________________________________________________________________
XI. Make sentences from the cues given.
1. I/ hope/ language barriers/ disappear/ 50 years’ time.
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. It/ important/ be/ polite and respectful/ when/ you/ online.
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. My grandma/ spent/ 2 hours/ sit/ front/ the computer/ to learn/ use/ the webcam.
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. Most teenagers/ would rather/ chat/ their friends/ online/ see/ them/ in person.
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. How/ you/ think/ people/ communicate/ in the future?
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. They/ often/ have/ a/ video conference/ the last day/ the month.
_________________________________________________________________________________
7. Smartphones and tablets/ get/ thinner and thinner/ the near future.
_________________________________________________________________________________
8. Last year/ he/ decide/ stop/ use/ Facebook/ personal communication/ family and friends.
_________________________________________________________________________________

UNIT 11.
SCIENCE AND
TECHNOLOGY
A. PHONETICS
I. Underline the stressed words in these statements. Read the sentences aloud.
1. Developments in science and technology are greatly changing the way we live.
2. Robots will work in factories and clean our homes in the future.
3. At present, ordinary people cannot travel into space on spaceships.
4. Everyone hopes scientists will find a cure for cancer soon.
5. Elisa doesn’t like the idea of having a robot teach her at school.
6. Some people find it hard to keep up with the latest inventions.
7. I don’t want to sit in front of the computer for long.
8. Einstein was one of the greatest scientists in the world.
9. Online banking allows you to conduct financial transactions via the Internet.
10. Thomas Edison was responsible for more than one thousand inventions.
II. Underline the stressed words in these conversations.
1. Who helped you to create a Google Meet account? ~ Linda helped me.
2. Is Tim Berners-Lee the inventor of the World Wide Web? ~ Yes, he is.
3. What do you think about 3D contact lenses? ~ I think it’ll be convenient.
4. Why don’t you like studying online? ~ Because I can’t meet my friends.
5. Was Alexander Graham Bell born in the US? ~ No, he wasn’t.
6. How can I zoom in on my face? ~ You can use this button to zoom in or out.
7. Where was Patrick on Sunday? ~ He was at an Internet cafe.
8. Do we have to scan our finger on this fingerprint scanner? ~ Yes, we do.
9. When will human be able to live on another planet? ~ Maybe in 100 years.
10. Which invention did you choose to present? ~ I chose the telephone.

B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR

I. Write a phrase from the box under each picture.
fingerprint scanner breakout room eye tracking face recognition
video conferencing 3D contact lenses robot teacher experiment

1. _________________ 2. _________________ 3. _________________ 4. _________________

5. _________________ 6. _________________ 7. _________________ 8. _________________
II. Complete the sentences with the words in part I. Use the plural form if necessary.
1. Some people are against conducting ___________________ on animals.
2. ___________________ will be able to help relieve tired eyes.
3. Most modern smartphones can quickly unlock with a fingerprint or ___________________.
4. Shalu is the world’s first ___________________ to teach more than 6 subjects in 47 different
languages.
5. Employees have to press their finger on this ___________________ to check attendance.
6. ___________________ allow users to split the Zoom meeting into seperate sessions.
7. ___________________ technology can help decode eye movements of a person.
8. Zoom and Google Meet are the two most popular tools for ___________________.
III. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
technologies epidemic inventions available biometrics
feedback convenient attendance digital application
1. In the future, security cameras will scan our faces to check ___________________.
2. Students can download Quizlet ___________________ and search for a quiz made by their teacher.
3. Many students find online learning ___________________ because it allows them to learn at their
own pace and on their own schedule.
4. The ongoing Ebola ___________________ has sparked fears around the world.
5. The Internet is one of the greatest ___________________ in human history.
6. Elias Robot provides teachers with ___________________ on each student’s progress.
7. Engineers are developing new ___________________ that can make vehicles more
environmentally-friendly.
8. I think 3D contact lenses will be ___________________ for purchase in a few years.
9. By using ___________________ such as fingerprints and facial recognition, smartphones offer
enhanced levels of security.
10. ___________________ communication can provide governments with a way to communicate
with citizens.
IV. Underline the correct answer.
1. Video conferencing allows employees to interact / recognise with each other in real time.
2. Alexander Graham Bell created / invented the telephone when he made a mistake while doing an
experiment.
3. Researchers has developed / discovered new methods to produce energy and materials from the
harmful greenhouse.
4. It’s a free app development software that creates / develops Android apps and iPhone apps with
ease.
5. Scientists are now trying to create / explore the nearby planet Mars for its possibility to become our
second home.
6. Astronomers have discovered / developed a new planet that resembles our own Uranus.
7. Scientists are working hard to create / invent new vaccines for complex viruses.
8. The program recognised / explored the suspect’s face from the security camera footage.
9. They’re developing / creating a new technology that could help provide clean water.
10. You have to connect / interact to the Internet all the time during your online lesson.
V. Choose the best expression in response to each sentence.
1. ‘We may be able to live longer in the future thanks to medical advances.’ - ‘__________’
a. Why not? b. Sounds fun. c. Great news for us! d. Hold on.
2. ‘My parents will get me a new tablet when I go to high school.’ - ‘__________’
a. Congratulations! b. Such a relief! c. That’s terrible. d. For the better?
3. ‘In 50 years, homes might be located underground or on water.’ - ‘__________’
a. Yes, of course. b. Great! c. Exactly how I feel. d. Sorry to hear that.
4. ‘Scientists have made significant progress in the fight against HIV/AIDS.’ - ‘__________’
a. Fantastic! b. Oh, I get it now. c. It’s lots of fun. d. OK. That’s fine.
5. ‘Our school will have a vending machine at the canteen next semester.’ - ‘__________’
a. I’d love to. b. You’re welcome. c. Oh, I envy them! d. How awesome!
6. ‘Robots can do chores such as cleaning, cooking and washing.’ - ‘__________’
a. Sorry for interrupting. b. Wow, that’s brilliant!
c. It’s a good idea. d. This looks so cute!
7. ‘I’ve got a 10 for my essay about Thomas Edison.’ - ‘__________’
a. Congrats! b. Certainly! c. How awful! d. That’s interesting.
8. ‘Children in mountainous regions will be able to learn via Zoom soon.’ - ‘__________’
a. Yes, sure! b. How unfortunate!
c. That’s awful. d. That’s such good news.
9. ‘Many villas in Ho Chỉ Minh City Is switching to solar power.’ – ‘__________’
a. I disagree. b. Thank you for that.
c. How terrific! d. I hope It’ll happen soon.
10. ‘Mummy, I won the second prize in a tech competition at school.’ – ‘__________’
a. Thank you for It. b. I’m so proud of you.
c. Great news for them. d. Fantastic! I can’t wait.
VI. Rewrite these statements as reported speech with tense changes.
1. ‘I’m reading a science book now.’
 She told me that
2. ‘The 8.30 flight to Da Nang will be delayed for 2 hours.’
 They announced that
3. ‘We will apply a new production chain this year.’
 The CEO of Volkswagen said that
4. ‘The invention of light bulb is very important.’
 My teacher said that
5. ‘My engineers can assemble 5 car engines a week.’
 The director said that
6. ‘I hope you will build the airport with lowest cost.’
 The Prime Minister told foreign investors that
7. ‘We plan to make the city a safer place for everyone.’
 The local MP said that
8. ‘Scientists are using AI to improve the treatment and diagnosis of cancer.’
 Carol said that
9. ‘We don’t have computers or laptops, so we can’t study online.’
 Some children said that
10. ‘I actually find online classes very inconvenient.’
 Harry told us that
VII. Underline the best option.
1. She said she was seeing her brother the following day / the previous day.
2. Mike said he puts / put his laptop on that table over there.
3. James told me that he was leaving here / there the next day.
4. I met Tom two days ago and he said he was going to London tomorrow / the next day.
5. Erica told me she won't / wouldn't be back until the following Thursday.
6. John said he would work at that company the previous year / the following year.
7. Sam told the police he can't / couldn't recognise the criminal’s voice.
8. Harry told us he caught / was catching the first bus to New York the next day.
9. My mother told me that if I eat / ate too much, I would feel ill.
10. When I rang her this morning, she told me that she was busy today / that day.
VIII. Rewrite these statements as reported speech. Make all necessary changes.
1. ‘I can’t chat because I am working now,’ said John.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. ‘We’re planning to hike across the Brecon Beacons this weekend,’ my friends said.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. Jane told us, ‘I’m having dinner with Rachel tomorrow.’
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. ‘Everyone in our team is working very hard today,’ the students said.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. ‘I’ll see you here next Friday,’ Tom said to me.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6. We’ll show you our new robot later this week,’ they told Maria.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7. ‘I don’t know where Bill is living at the moment,’ said Nicky.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8. ‘My parents are going to London to see my sister next month,’ Susan said.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9. ‘I may see you next week before I leave,’ Nick told Sarah.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10. ‘I can’t attend the meeting at this time tomorrow,’ said Matt.
_______________________________________________________________________________
IX. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Many people use their smartphones to work on it as it is ________________. (convenience)
2. The science project is to encourage ________________ in children. (create)
3. New ________________ discoveries are made every day. (science)
4. Technology is making our kids ________________. Children have become less likely to play outside.
(active)
5. Everyday life is constantly improving thanks to the ideas of famous ________________ past and
present. (invent)
6. Science and Technology have enormous effects on economic ________________. (develop)
7. Just talk to him. The robot could ________________ voice and reply to you. (recognition)
8. Using computers has a ________________ effect on children’s learning. (benefit)
9. Technology has both positive and negative impacts on social ________________. (interact)
10. ________________ progress has been so rapid over the last few years. (technology)
X. Fili in each blank with an appropriate preposition.
1. Science and technology are changing our lives ______ every field.
2. Some chemicals have damaging effect ______ the environment.
3. Is technology’ the key ______ success in the 21st century?
4. Science and technology bring a lot of benefits ______ people.
5. Engineers need to be good ______ maths and sciences.
6. Thomas Edison was responsible ______ more than one thousand inventions.
7. It’s almost impossible to keep up ______ the latest developments in computing.
8. Will humans live ______ Mars someday?
9. Global communication was transformed by the invention ______ the Internet.
10. Thomas Edison was born ______ 1847 ______ Ohio, USA.

c. SPEAKING
I. Make questions for the underlined words.
1. ________________________________________________________________________________
Robots won’t replace teachers because they can’t inspire students to do their best.
2. ________________________________________________________________________________
A flying car can fly at a speed of 120 mph.
3. ________________________________________________________________________________
All schools will equip each student with a tablet in 30 years’ time.
4. ________________________________________________________________________________
In the future, we will be able to live on other planets.
5. ________________________________________________________________________________
Science and technology are the keys to development in many fields.
6. ________________________________________________________________________________
An average person now lives about 70 years.
7. ________________________________________________________________________________
Scientists are exploring the possibility of life on Mars.
8. ________________________________________________________________________________
New industrial robots cost from $50,000 to $80,000.
9. ________________________________________________________________________________
Dr. Engelberger invented the first industrial robot.
10. ________________________________________________________________________________
Edison made the first public demonstration of his light bulb on December 31,1879.
II. Complete the dialogue with the appropriate sentences (A - G).
A. The technology they use in phones these days is amazing.
B. So, that's a negative too.
C. Wow, Nick! Is that a new phone?
D. Technologies always have both positive and negative aspects.
E. I totally agree.
F. Has it got the new high-tech camera?
G. Yep, that's a positive.
Mike: (1) __________________________________________________________________________
Nick: Yep, brand new, state-of-the-art!
Mike: (2) __________________________________________________________________________
Nick: Yeah, the software they use is really advanced. You can take portraits that look just like they’re
from a much bigger camera.
Mike: I’ve seen them. (3)
______________________________________________________________
Nick: But of course, the impact of technology isn’t always positive. Take something as simple as a
car. That’s a type of technology that’s made life easier.
Mike: (4) __________________________________________________________________________
Nick: But on the negative side, cars cause air pollution.
Mike: Yeah, and if you drive too much instead of walking, you might not get as much exercise.
(5) __________________________________________________________________________
Nick: So are mobile phones. Mobile phones help us to communicate with each other and access
information but too much screen time can be harmful, especially to children.
Mike: (6) __________________________________________________________________________
People nowadays are spending too much time looking at a phone, a computer or a tablet.
Nick: Social media helps you keep in touch with your friends but it can also spread fake news and
encourage bullying.
Mike: You’re right. (7) _______________________________________________________________

d. READING
I. Complete the passage with the words from the box.
while through vision network communicate invented accessible much
The Internet is a huge (1) _____________ of computers all connected together, but it was the
world wide web that made the technology into something that linked information together and made
it (2) _____________ to everyone.
The world wide web was (3) _____________ by Sir Tim Berners-Lee in 1989 - originally he was
trying to find a new way for scientists to easily share the data from their experiments. Berners-Lee
created the world wide web (4) _____________ he was working at CERN, Switzerland. His (5)
_____________ soon went beyond a network for scientists to share information, in that he wanted it
to be a universal and free ‘information space’ to share knowledge, to (6) _____________, and to
collaborate.
The world wide web opened up the Internet to everyone, not just scientists. It connected the
world in a way that made it (7) _____________ easier for people to get information, share, and
communicate. It has since allowed people to share their work and thoughts (8) _____________ social
networking sites, blogs, video sharing, and more.
II. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks.
FUTURE OF TECHNOLOGY
 Technology is growing by leaps and bounds. Proper use of technology7 holds a bright future
for us. So, how can technology shape up the future in a better way? Let’s take a look!
Clean Energy
 Global energy consumption is increasing and we will face a shortage of fossil fuels in the
coming decades. However, technology is helping us deal with this problem by developing clean
energy. Development in the field of solar power technology has drastically reduced the cost of solar
cells. Generation of electricity through wind turbines has also grown rapidly in the recent years. So, in
the near future, technology can help us do away with dependence on fossil fuels and embrace clean
and green energy solutions.
Virtual Reality (VR)
Remember Pokemon Go? Well, that was one of the earliest examples of virtual reality. Tech
giants like Google, Facebook, and Nokia are spending a huge amount of money to make VR
experience better for the customers. However, with time and further developments, VR can be used
for communication through holograms, for interacting with 3-D objects and other useful and
educational purposes.
Flying cars
This sounds straight out of a movie, but flying cars might soon be mainstream. Amazon has
already started delivering goods with the help of its drones, and Google is working on building its own
powerful drones. A couple of start-ups are also working on building flying cars. A flying car for all
intents and purposes is a drone that is capable of carrying people. There are already a handful of
flying vehicle prototypes: Terrafugia has TF-X; Pal-V has the Pal-Vl; I-TEC has the Maverick LSA “Flying
Car”; and lastly AeroMobil s.r.o. has the AeroMobil 3.0.
These are just a few of the amazing technologies that we will have in the coming years. And
what’s next? Teleporting? Anything is possible!
A. Match the words or phrases with their meanings.
1. by leaps and bounds a. completely accept
2. do away with b. considered normal and used by most people
3. embrace c. a company that is just beginning to operate
4. hologram d. very quickly
5. mainstream e. an aircraft without a pilot, controlled from the ground
6. drone f. the first model of something new
7. start-up g. a three-dimensional image
prototype h. put an end to
B. Choose the correct answers.
1. According to the passage, technology can help _____________.
a. create an energy shortage b. reduce energy consumption
c. end our dependence on fossil fuels d. stop using clean energy
2. In the future, virtual reality can be used for _____________.
a. interacting with 3-D objects b. teaching and learning
c. holographic communication d. all of the above
3. Which statement is true about flying cars?
a. They are just science fiction. b. They are presently at the prototype stage.
c. They are produced in large quantities. d. They will be launched in the coming year.
4. In the sentence ‘There are already a handful of flying vehicle prototypes...’, what does ‘a handful of’
mean?
a. a large number of b. a small number of
c. a great deal of d. an amount of
5. The flying car TF-X has been developed by _____________.
a. Terrafugia b. I-TEC c. AeroMobil d. Pal-V
6. Which of the following statement is NOT true?
a. Virtual reality technology is now used in video gaming.
b. Solar power and wind are clean energy.
c. Amazon’s flying cars are being used for delivery.
d. Technology can bring us a bright future.

e. WRITING
I. Reorder the words to make sentences.
1. can/ have/ so that/ In the future/ we/ flying cars/ will/ we/ faster and further/ travel
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. self-driving cars / be/ Experts/ said/ 2025/ that/ on/ would/ the road/ in
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. in/ household chores/ handle/ Will/ all/ robots/ the near future?
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. easy/ nanolearning/ to learn/ The goal/ for people/ of/ to make/ quickly and efficiently/ it/ is
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. identification/ biometric technology/ mainly/ attendance/ We/ for/ and checking/ use
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. received/ January 1880/ for/ patent/ Thomas Edison/ light bulb/ his/ a/ in
_________________________________________________________________________________
7. The director/ scan/ the office/ said/ entering/ that/ before/ all employees/ their finger/ must
_________________________________________________________________________________
8. and group/ These students/ discussions/ often/ Google Meet/ online learning/ use/ for
_________________________________________________________________________________
II. Complete the second sentence so that It has the same meaning to the first one.
1. ‘There is no Internet connection in this region at present?
 The tour guide said
2. ‘You’ll be able to get a taxi here or catch a taxi outside the airport.’
 The guard told me
3. Tablets aren’t as convenient as smartphones.
 Smartphones are much
4. ‘I can’t come in today, because I’m sick.’
 Two days ago, Tom phoned me and said
5. We were having a group discussion on Zoom when the storm caused power cut.
 While
6. In spite of the freezing weather, we had a great holiday in Canada.
 Even though
7. We found the exhibits shown in the Future World Exhibition very amazing.
 We were
8. Don’t look at your phone screen for too long, or you’ll have eye strain.
 If
9. Jennifer said that she was attending a tech conference the following week.
 Jennifer said,
10. Paula can’t wait to hear the band’s new album.
 Paula is really looking
TEST FOR UNIT 11
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from that of the others
1. a. invent b. chemist c. develop d. technology
2. a. science b. scared c. Scottish d. screen
3. a. explore b. exchange c. experiment d. existence
4. a. inventors b. benefits c. panels d. homes
5. a. nuclear b. future c. bulb d. mute
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern.
1. a. biometric b. development c. experiment d. technology
2. a. impolite b. scientific c. technology d. economic
3. a. spaceship b. benefit c. technical d. reality
4. a. technique b. available c. programmer d. explorer
5. a. unemployment b. laboratory c. engineer d. conservationist
III. Fill in each blank with a suitable word.
1. My dad told me that only robots ________________ work in factories in the future.
2. Chester Greenwood was an American ________________ who invented the earmuffs.
3. Modern technology has brought many benefits ________________ society.
4. Nitgen is a famous biometric company which produces fingerprint ________________.
5. ________________ rooms are sessions that are split off from the main Zoom meeting.
6. Face ________________ involves identifying individuals in facial images.
7. Some elementary schools are using robot ________________ as classroom assistants.
8. Science and are ________________ the keys to economic and social development.
9. Teachers can use eye-________________ to analyze attention and understand more students’
behavior.
10. Your eyes can get tired from looking at a computer ________________ for extended periods.
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. She was really tired ______ sitting in front of a computer all day, so she gave up her job.
a. for b. of c. in d. with
2. It is predicted that 21 million self-driving cars will be on the road ______ 2035.
a. until b. from c. on d. by
3. There is a robot scientist that can ______ scientific experiments by itself.
a. carry out b. interact with c. keep up d. take on
4. Wilhelm Rõntgen, a German physicist, ______ X-rays in 1895.
a. created b. invented c. discovered d. developed
5. Vivian said that she ______ at the supermarket then, so she couldn't join us.
a. is shopping b. was shopping c. shop d. shopped
6. Software developers create the ______ or systems that run on a computer.
a. information b. applications c. inventions d. equipment
7. When I called them yesterday, they told me that they were going to the movies ______.
a. now b. tonight c. tomorrow d. the next day
8. ______ advancements have turned Al and robotics from science fiction to reality.
a. Technological b. Inventive c. Biometric d. Scientific
9. We’ll have flying cars in the future, ______ we can travel much faster and further.
a. although b. since c. in order that d. so that
10. “Modern technology saves US lots of time.” - “______”
a. I think it’s all right! b. OK. That’s all.
c. I can’t agree with you more! d. Not completely all.
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. Bell is best known for his inventor of the telephone, for which he received his first patent in 1876.
A. known B. investor C. for which D. in
2. Voyager 2 is a spacecraft which has expanded us knowledge of the solar system.
A. is B. which C. us D. of
3. Our teacher says that Thomas Edison invents the light-bulb in the 19th century.
A. says B. invests C. the light-bulb D. in
4. She promised me two days ago that she won’t tell him about that.
A. promised B. ago C. won’t D. about
5. I disagree to the idea that robots will only bring benefits to people in the future.
A. disagree to B. will only C. benefits to D. in the future
6. Mandy said, ‘Don’t come round that day because I’m seeing my dentist at 3 o’clock.’
A. said B. that day C. I’m seeing D. at
7. I signed up for this online English class because it seemed interested to me.
A. for B. because C. interested D. to
8. Scientists said they would explore a possibility of living on Mars.
A. said B. would C. a D. living on
9. Technology is considered as a key factor for development economic.
A. Technology B. as C. key factor D. development economic
10. She told to me that her parents were arriving the following day.
A. told B. that C. were arriving D. following
VI. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Look over there! Everyone ________________ (watch) the robot frying an egg.
2. The mayor promises that the city ________________ (plant) more trees this year.
3. How did people live in the past when there ________________ (not be) any electricity?
4. John J. Stone-Parker ________________ (patent) his invention when he was 4 years old.
5. Douglas Engelbart ________________ (invent) the computer mouse in 1964.
6. They said that they ________________ (not visit) the art gallery the following year.
7. I strongly believe there ________________ (be) huge changes in the way we live in 10 years’ time.
8. The fingerprint scanner ________________ (work) by examining a finger pressed against its
surface.
9. The teacher told us that we _______________ (may) choose any subject that we _______________
(like) best.
10. When I called Jane at 4 o’clock yesterday evening, she said she ________________ (work) then.
11. My brother is very creative. He is fond of ________________ (write) poems and stories.
12. He planned ________________ (turn out) minor inventions every ten days.
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. He started a new job as a computer after completing his course. (technique)
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. GPS (Global Positioning System) is one of the greatest of the 21st century. (invent)
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. They were unable to run the telephone network. (economic)
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. Over two decades ago, the idea of a flying car seemed, but now flying cars are becoming a reality.
(realistic)
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. The Michael Faraday showed that there is no electric field within a conductor. (physics)
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. Face helps police find missing people or wanted criminals. (recognize)
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. Scientists will explore the of living on Mars. (possible)
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. Despite its usefulness, robots are to express emotions like humans. (able)
___________________________________________________________________________________
9. Quantum teleportation is one of the 10 scientific of the 21st century. (discover)
___________________________________________________________________________________
10. The evolution of technology is to humans for several reasons. (benefit)
___________________________________________________________________________________
VIII. Match the questions to the answers.
1. What are some of the greatest technological a. In 2004.
inventions?
2. What do you think robots should be used for? b. Multiple times per day.
3. Which country has maximum number of c. Percy Spencer.
robots working?
4. What will we drive in the future? d. Self-driving cars or maybe flying cars.
5. How does technology help us in our daily e. Japan.
lives?
6. How often do you use social media? f. They should be used to work in factories or do
dangerous tasks.
7. When did Mark Zuckerberg make Facebook? g. Personal computer, Internet, GPS, video
conferencing.
8. Who invented the microwave? h. It helps us to accomplish various tasks like
shopping, working, studying, getting informed,
and having fun.
IX. Choose the word or phrase which best fits each gap.
Mike Harris knew it (1) _______________ take a full day to design a new class he was teaching
at a Kansas high school. But before he started last winter, he turned to artificial intelligence, curious
(2) _______________ how it might help. He asked ChatGPT to outline a 16-week drama class at a
large urban school, (3) _______________ his state’s standards.
It took two or three minutes.
Then he pressed again: Could it now craft daily lesson plans, tied to state and school district
standards, for (4) _______________ classes every other day? In minutes, they appeared.
“To me, that’s the wonder of the (5) _______________,” said Harris, who’s in his 10th year as
a teacher in Wichita. “This is one of those once-in-a-millennia (6) _______________ changes.”
(7) _______________ AI jolts education, public school teachers and university professors are
discovering that it is not just for students. Educators are using it to help (8) _______________ tests,
generate case studies, write emails and rethink teaching strategies.
1. a. could b. should c. will d. may
2. a. for b. about c. with d. on
3. a. use b. used c. using d. to use
4. a. 90 minutes b. 90-minute c. 90-minutes d. a 90 minute
5. a. platform b. element c. product d. tool
6. a. technology b. scientific c. technique d. advance
7. a. Because b. While c. Although d. As
8. a. create b. invent c. develop d. discover
X. Read the passage carefully, then do the tasks.
SMARTPHONE REVOLUTION
It was just over a decade ago when cell phones were primarily used for calling and sending
texts. Today, the uses of cell phones run the gamut. Phones do everything from taking high-resolution
pictures to watching pixel-perfect videos, browsing the Internet to playing graphic-intensive games to
monitoring your movements in addition to fulfilling basic communication needs.
The advent of smartphones has greatly simplified our lives. People now connect with their
loved ones more frequently and easily through video calls and instant messaging services. Tasks, like
creating slides, reading emails, and creating documents don’t require a PC anymore. Briefly,
smartphone and apps have changed the way we work, communicate and play.
While the smartphone revolution has made our lives easy, it has also made us lazy. Today, the
whole world is at our fingertips, and thus we don’t have to work or move around like we did
previously to get things done. Our inactive lifestyle and lack of physical activities can be partly
attributed to the over-dependence on smartphones. This is especially true for the younger
generation, who are constantly glued to their cell phones. Cell phone addiction is having a negative
impact on our lives. Care needs to be taken to deal with this issue in an effective way.
A. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ___ In the past, mobile phones were used only for communication among people.
2. ___ Modern cell phones are capable of much more than just making phone calls.
3. ___ Smartphones make communications with people quite easier.
4. ___ Smartphone users, however, can’t send and recieve emails on their phones.
5. ___ Despite all the positive benefits of smartphones, there are also negative side effects.
6. ___ Today we don’t have to go to work because we have the whole world at our fingertips.
7. ___ Only young people are now addicted to their mobile phones.
B. Answer the questions.
1. What were cell phones mainly used for?
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. Are modern cell phones capable of internet access?
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. How has the smartphone revolution changed our lives?
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. Do smartphones make us lazy and inactive?
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. How often do teenagers look at their cell phones?
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. Is smartphone overuse good or bad for us?
__________________________________________________________________________________
XI. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one. Use the words given.
1. Because of the bad weather, the plane couldn’t touch down. (impossible)
 Bad weather made it
2. My brother likes science fiction books very much. (fond)
 My brother
3. ‘I’m going to attend the New-Tech Exhibition next Monday.’ (said)
 Peter
4. ‘The train to New York departs every two hours.’ (announced)
 They
5. Does the robot have the ability to think and act independently? (able)
 Is
6. The explorer discovered the pyramid while he was hiking deep in the jungle. (when)
 The explorer
7. ‘What about going to the Science and Technology Fair?’ Mark said to me. (should)
 Mark suggested
8. Don’t waste time persuading him to go with us. (worth)
 It’s
9. If we can’t make aircrafts quieter, this area will still suffer from noise pollution. (unless)
 This area
10. The mayor said that they were developing technology to identify criminals faster. (we)
 The mayor said,
 UNIT 12.
LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS
A. PHONETICS
I. Draw a suitable arrow (↘ or ↗) next to each underlined word. Then read the sentences aloud.
1. Daisy is smart (___), thoughtful (___), brave (___), and absolutely caring (___).
2. You can travel to Nha Trang by coach (___), train (___), or plane (___).
3. Please go to the market and buy me some potatoes (___), carrots (___), some milk (___), and a
dozen of eggs (___).
4. At school, we can learn English (___), Japanese (___), Chinese (), and Korean (___).
5. My brother is good at many water sports, such as sailing (___), swimming (___), diving (___), and
snorkeling (___).
6. In order to survive in space, I think we need a spaceship (___), food (___), water (___), and of
course, oxygen (___).
7. Those explorers used to walk across the Gobi Desert (___), the Namib Desert (___), and the Sahara
Desert (___).
8. People have reported UFO sightings in California (___), Washington (___), New Mexico (___), and
Kentucky (___).
9. When studying online, you’ll need a computer (___), a webcam (___), and strong Internet
connection (___).
10. The planets which are closest to the Sun are Mercury (___), Venus (___), Earth (), and Mars (___).
II. Practise reading these conversations. Then mark the underlined words with the correct tone,
falling (↘) or rising (↗).
1. Adam: What genres of music do you like?
Sammy: I love listening to pop, ballad, and classical music.
2. Daniel: Are you ready to order?
Emily: Yes. rd like a steak, a chicken salad, and some french fries.
3. Cecilia: What are the four furthest planets from the sun?
Estian: They are Neptune, Uranus, Saturn, and JupIter.
4. Raphael: Are we allow to take photos inside the space museum?
Cayena: Yes, we are. But they forbid food, tripods, and sharp objects.
5. Max: Can you name some countries in South East Asia?
Riftan: Vietnam, Thailand, Singapore, and Malaysia.
6. Lara: What are some popular attractions in London?
Patrick: You can visit the Big Ben, the London Bridge, and the Buckingham Palace.
7. Lily: What do aliens look like in your opinions?
Keith: Well, they may have a big head, four eyes, green skin, and very long arms.
8. Spencer: Do you like science fiction movies?
Vicky: Yes, I do. My favourite movies are Interstellar, Star Wars, and Star Trek.

B. VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR

I. Match the planets with their descriptions.
Mercury It is nicknamed “The Red Planet” because of the rust on its surface.
Venus It is often called “The Water Planet” because it is the only planet with water.
Earth It has a rocky surface. It is the smallest in our solar system and the closest to the
sun.
Mars It is the largest planet in our solar system and the fifth planet from the sun. It is
composed of mostly gas and has a great red spot.
Jupiter It is the coldest planet in our solar system and is the seventh planet from the Sun. It
is a giant gas planet and it rotates on its side.
Saturn It is the hottest planet in our solar system and is the closest planet to Earth in size.
Uranus It has a cold surface, is blue in color from the gas in its atmosphere and is the
furthest from the sun.
Neptune It is the second largest planet and is known best for its rings made of ice and rock
chunks.
II. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases in the box.

galaxy planet telescope solar system astronaut

outer space spaceship craters aliens traces
1. NASA’s James Webb _______________ captures groundbreaking images of distant galaxies.
2. John Glenn became the first American _______________ to orbit the earth in 1962.
3. Researchers made the amazing findings of _______________ of water on Mars.
4. What would a _______________ carrying aliens to first contact with Earth look like?
5. Our _______________ is made up of the sun and all the objects that travel around it.
6. Which _______________ orbits around the Sun the fastest? ~ Mercury.
7. Do you believe _______________ exist on other planets?
8. Spacecraft are vehicles used for travel in _______________.
9. Our _______________, the Milky Way, consists of 100 - 400 billion stars.
10. When rocks or comets from space smashed into the surface of the Moon, they formed
__________.
IV. Choose the best answers to complete the sentences.
1. ___________, which is closest to the sun, is very hot in the daytime but very cold at night.
a. Mars b. Jupiter c. Venus d. Mercury
2. ___________ is the largest planet and the stormiest planet in the solar system.
a. Earth b. Jupiter c. Saturn d. Neptune
3. Are ___________ extraterrestrial spacecraft visiting our planet?
a. UFOs b. rockets c. space shuttles d. aliens
4. Astronomers may have discovered the first planet outside our ___________ known as Messier 51
or M51.
a. galaxy b. atmosphere c. universe d. outer space
5. ___________ is called the morning star or the evening star because it’s either visible at sunset or
sunrise.
a. Uranus b. Jupiter c. Venus d. Mars
6. In the series Alien, Xenomorph is the name of the alien ___________that attacks humans.
a. foreigner b. supporter c. astronaut d. creature
7. There is less ___________ in space, so astronauts float in space.
a. trace b. gravity c. liquid d. crater
8. Some people strongly ___________ the idea of moving to another planet.
a. oppose b. face c. disagree d. stop
9. On June 2,1966, Surveyor / becomes the first U.S. ___________ to land on the moon.
a. rocket b. airplane c. spacecraft d. helicopter
10. Mars is the most ___________ planet in our Solar System besides Earth.
a. powerful b. notable c. appropriate d. habitable
V. Complete the sentences with the correct form or tense of the verbs in the box.

oppose launch discover live work

destroy exist attack travel explore
1. Aliens may ___________ in ways that we can’t even imagine.
2. Many scientists think humans ___________ on Mars someday.
3. At present, scientists ___________ on plans to turn Mars into a new Earth.
4. Russia an uncrewed spacecraft to the moon last week.
5. In the future, it may be possible to build a spaceship that can ___________ to distant planet.
6. Some people try ___________ space exploration because they think it’s a waste of money.
7. If we ___________ another planet in our solar system, what would we call it?
8. The commander forced the alien creatures ___________ Earth.
9. What would happen if aliens ___________ Earth? ~ We would be absolutely defeated, I think.
10. Scientists are interested in ___________ Mars because of its potential for life.
V. Underline the correct answers.
1. Levy asked me what / why the future life looked like.
2. Bobby asked me if / how I thought that aliens had many legs or no legs.
3. Dr. Memphis asked me where humans could / may live besides Earth.
4. The children wanted to know whether was there / there was life on other planets.
5. The mother asked the child what planet he was drawing now / then.
6. The journalists wondered if NASA would launch the rocket here / there.
7. Davy asked me what the aliens will / would be doing when he might saw them.
8. Jacob asked me how much I know / knew about the Red Planet.
9. Richard asked his teacher whether / why there was life on other planets.
10. Roy asked me how / what astronauts walked when there was no gravity in space.
VI. Complete the reported yes / no questions.
1. ‘May I ask you a few questions?’
 The woman asked John
2. ‘Does the dwarf planet 2007 ORIO have a moon?’
 One student wanted to know
3. ‘Will we be able to live on Mars in 2050?’
 Debbie asked her father
4. ‘Are you doing your project about space exploration tonight?’
 I asked Nick
5. ‘Do you like sci-fi films that feature extraterrestrial life?’
 Jane asked Tom
6. ‘Will it be possible to build a spaceship that can travel to distant planet?’
 Vai asked me
7. ‘Are aliens or UFOs real?’
 Many people wondered
8. ‘Can we go to the National Museum tomorrow?’
 Sally asked her best friend
9. ‘Do you know NASA is managing the Webb Telescope now?’
 Due asked Trang
10. ‘Do people name the planets in the solar system after the Roman Gods?’
 She wanted to know
VII. Complete the reported wh- questions.
1. ‘Where will we live in 20 years’ time?’
 Jane asked me
2. ‘Who is your favourite sciece fiction author?’
 I asked Peter
3. ‘What do you think about the possibility of the second Earth?’
 Sue asked me
4. ‘How many planets are there ỉn the solar system?’
 The teacher asked us
5. ‘How many days does it take to get to Mars from Earth?’
 Elliot wanted to know
6. ‘What are you staring at?’ I asked Sally
7. ‘Why are there so many craters on the surface of the moon?’
 Joe wondered
8. ‘How long does it take the rocket to fly from here into space?’
 He asked the astronaut
9. ‘When will humans go to Venus?’
 The students wanted to know
10. ‘Where are you going this summer holidays?’
 I asked Sally and Andy
VIII. Rewrite each sentence as reported speech with tense and time and place expression changes.
1. ‘Will you be back here next Friday?’ Tim asked Susan.
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. ‘When does the next train leave?’ He wanted to know.
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. ‘Are you meeting Judy at four o’clock today?’ She asked me.
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. ‘I hope you will come to this exhibition with me,’ Jane told me.
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. ‘Which movie are you going to see tonight?’ My mother asked.
__________________________________________________________________________________
6. ‘We are having dinner now, so I can only talk for a minute,’ Miki said.
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. ‘Do you think aliens may invade our planet?’ I asked Peter.
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. ‘Public spending will be increased next year,’ the Prime Minister announced.
__________________________________________________________________________________
9. ‘My father drinks a cup of coffee every' morning before going to work,’ Peter said.
__________________________________________________________________________________
10. ‘How long does it take to build a spaceship?’ Cheryl asked the astronaut.
__________________________________________________________________________________
IX. Choose the correct answers.
1. ‘There is an accident outside the supermarket right now.’
a. He said there was an accident outside the supermarket right then.
b. He said there were an accident outside the supermarket right now.
c. He said there is an accident outside the supermarket right then.
2. ‘Do you believe in the existence of aliens?’
a. Jim wanted to know if did I believe in the existence of aliens.
b. Jim asked if I believed in the existence of aliens.
c. Jim asked whether I believe in the existence of aliens.
3. She asked if you would see spider-man with her that weekend.
a. ‘Would you see spider-man with me this weekend?’
b. ‘Will you see spider-man with me this weekend?’
c. ‘Did you see spider-man with me that weekend?’
4. ‘I’m flying to India tomorrow.’
a. Yesterday, Matt said that he was flying to India tomorrow.
b. Yesterday, Matt told me that I was flying to India the next day.
c. Yesterday, Matt said that he was flying to India the following day.
5. ‘Why does NASA keep sending rovers to Mars?’
a. She asked me why NASA kept sending rovers to Mars.
b. She asked me why did NASA keep sending rovers to Mars.
c. She wanted to know why NASA keeps sending rovers to Mars.
6. My teacher said that Mercury had more craters than any other planets.
a. ‘Mercury has more craters than any other planets,’ my teacher said.
b. ‘Mercury had more craters than these planets,’ my teacher said.
c. ‘Mercury had more craters than that planets,’ said my teacher.
7. ‘Can you help me with my homework?’
a. Nick asked whether his sister can help him with his homework.
b. Nick asked his sister could she help him with his homework.
c. Nick asked his sister if she could help him with his homework.
8. Bill wanted to know when Susan was going out with Tony.
a. ‘When you are going out with Tony, Susan?’
b. ‘When was you going out with Tony, Susan?’
c. ‘When are you going out with Tony, Susan?’
9. ‘I will come if I can finish work early.’
a. He said that he will come if he can finish work early.
b. He told that he would come if he could finish work early.
c. He told me that he would come if he could finish work early.
10. ‘What is the closest planet to Earth?’
a. The student wondered if the closest planet to Earth is.
b. The student asked what the closest planet to Earth was.
c. The student asked what was the closest planet to Earth.
X. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. John Young, NASA most ___________________ astronaut, flew into space six times. (experience)
2. The high concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere makes it ___________________ to
humans. (poison)
3. Who is the ___________________ in the series Star Wars? (command)
4. Earth is the only planet in the solar system that ___________________ life. (supportive)
5. Mercury and Venus aren’t in the ___________________ zone because they are too close to the sun
to support liquid water. (habitat)
6. The term UFO stands for ___________________ “flying object”. (identify)
7. Our project is to describe our ___________________ planet and its creatures. (imagine)
8. How can someone fight hunger, ___________________, and radiation on Mars? (lonely)
9. That film about aliens might ___________________ be classified a horror film. (appropriate)
10. The ___________________ of life on Mars has fascinated humans for generations. (possible)
XI. Fill in each blank with an appropriate preposition.
1. The children were excited _________ Star Wars: The Last Jedi.
2. Yuri Gagarin was the first person to fly _________ space.
3. NASA scientists are looking _________ habitable planets.
4. Mercury is the closest planet _________ the Sun.
5. Could extraterrestrials really take _________ Earth?
6. The Moon’s gravity is quite different _________ the Earth’s.
7. Is there a possibility _________ life existing outside of the solar system?
8. A SpaceX Dragon spacecraft returned _________ Earth from the ISS last Sunday.
9. Humans will be living _________ Mars far sooner than most people think.
10. Neil Armstrong took the first steps on the moon’s surface _________ July 20,1969.

c. SPEAKING
I. Complete the dialogue with the appropriate sentences (A - H).
A. It's so interesting!
B. It's a ring of icy bodies just outside of Neptune's orbit.
C. It's a dwarf planet that Iles in the Kuiper Belt.
D. Because it did not meet the three criteria the IAU uses to define a full-sized planet. It is not
big enough to clear smaller bodies close to it.
E. Well, you should read astronomy books.
F. Sure. Eight planets.
G. Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune.
H. Yes. A while back, Pluto was the ninth planet from the sun, but it is not counted as a planet
any more.
Minh: Emily! Do you know how many planets there are in our solar system?
Emily: (1) ________________________________________
Minh: What are they?
Emily: (2) ________________________________________
Minh: How about Pluto? Have you ever heard about it?
Emily: (3) ________________________________________
Minh: Why is Pluto no longer a planet?
Emily: (4) ________________________________________
Minh: So what is Pluto?
Emily: (5) ________________________________________
Minh: I still don’t know much about this. What’s the Kuiper Belt?
Emily: (6)
Minh: Oh... I think I’ll have to learn more about astronomy.
(7) ________________________________________
Emily: (8) ________________________________________ There are plenty of great books on space
and universe.
II. Reorder the sentences to make a dialogue.
___ I’m not sure about it. I hope scientists will soon find life there.
___ Really? What are those conditions?
___ It’s the distance from a star at which liquid water could exist on orbiting planets’ surfaces. It must
not be either too hot or too cold.
___ I doubt it. I think the Earth is the only planet to support life.
___ I see. What about the other conditions?
___ Because there are some conditions planets must have to support human life on them.
___ How interesting! Do you think Mars may support life?
___ Well... In my opinion, the most important condition is that the planet must be in the habitable
zone.
___ What do you mean by “the habitable zone”?
_1_ Joanne, is there life on other planets?
___ How important is liquid water to a planet?
___ Why do you think so?
___ Life exists wherever there is water. All living things, from tiny bacteria to giant blue whales, need
water to survive.
___ Besides water, the planet must have enough oxygen in the air, and it must hold an atmosphere.

d. READING
I. Complete the passage with the words from the box.
 surface survive frozen universe explore missions down might
As we explore the (1) ____________, we naturally ask, “Is there life on other planets?” In
1976, NASA’s twin Viking landers touched (2) ____________ on Mars in an attempt to answer a
weighty question: Is there life on the Red Planet? Since then, NASA and other space agencies have
sent many more (3) ____________ to Mars. However, the answer so far is, “We don’t know, but we’ll
keep searching.” All life on Earth needs liquid water to (4) ____________. Since spacecraft haven’t
found any liquid water on Mars’ (5) ____________, scientists think that there is no life there. But
what about below the surface? spacecraft have discovered (6) ____________ water in Mars’ polar ice
caps and in clouds of ice crystals. This means that there (7) ____________ be liquid water below the
surface where it’s warmer. NASA plans to continue to (8) ____________ Mars every two years. In
future missions, we’ll explore below the surface and search for liquid water - and life!
II. Read the passage, then do the tasks.
THE INNER PLANETS
Planets are large bodies that rotate around the sun. The inner planets, or terrestrial planets,
are
the four planets closest to the Sun: Mercury, Venus, Earth, and Mars. Even though these planets are
all small and rocky, they have more differences than they have things in common.
Because Mercury is the closest to the sun, the side that faces the sun gets as hot as 427°
Celsius. At the same time, the side that faces away from the sun is a freezing -173° Celsius. The
extreme temperatures alone make it a very unlikely place for life. With an atmosphere too thin for
human breathing, it’s obvious that people won’t be living on Mercury any time soon.
The next planet from the sun is Venus. Below clouds of sulfuric gas lies 96% carbon dioxide
atmosphere. That might be nice for a plant, since a plant “breathes” carbon dioxide, but not for a
person. If you managed to survive the atmosphere, the surface of the planet is hot enough to melt
solid metal. Venus has a temperature that is maintained at 462° Celsius, no matter where you go on
the planet.
You are probably most familiar with Earth because it is your home planet. It has the perfect
conditions for life. Earth’s atmosphere and oceans help control the trickiest part of making a planet
life-friendly: temperature. Earth is the only planet known to have liquid water.
Mars is the fourth farthest from the sun. Some people think it may be possible for life to exist
there. Although scientists have not been able to find actual water on Mars, there seems to be
evidence of water erosion on its surface. Its canyons and mountains are very similar to those found on
Earth. The main difference is that there is no plant life. Some scientists believe that Mars may have
been very much like Earth until something happened that made the water supply evaporate.
A. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ___ The inner planets are located closest to the sun.
2. ___ Mercury is the hottest planet because it’s the closest to the sun.
3. ___ Venus has an atmosphere whose composition is similar to that of Earth.
4. ___ The temperature on the surface of Venus is hot enough to melt lead.
5. ___ Earth has a surface temperature that is uniquely friendly to life.
6. ___ Scientists have proved that life once existed on Mars.
7. ___ It seems that Mars once had liquid water on its surface.
8. ___ Some scientists believe that Mars is very similar to the Earth.
B. Answer the questions.
1. What is another name for inner planets?
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. Why can’t people live on Mercury?
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. What is the atmosphere of Venus primarily composed of?
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. Which planet is hotter, Mercury or Venus?
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. Is Earth the only planet with water in liquid form on its surface?
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. What land features of Mars are similar to Earth’s?
_________________________________________________________________________________

e. WRITING
I. Reorder the words to make sentences.
1. there/ Susan/ was/ Mars/ her teacher/ if/ water/ asked/ on
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. too/ because/ it’s/ close/ There/ the sun/ might not/ life/ on Mercury/ to/ be
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. Scientists/ we/ beyond Earth/ evidence/ say that/ life/ may/ for/ find/ within the next decades
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. first/ Jenny/ wanted to know/ contact/ we/ with/ aliens/ how/ make/ would
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. three/ from/ Mercury/ farther/ times/ Earth/ is/ the sun/ than
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. in/ that/ the interviewer/ like/ a/ the UFO/ looked/ Nick/ big disc/ told/ the sky
_________________________________________________________________________________
7. A day/ Earth’s/ to/ on/ Mars/ similar/ are/ lasts/ for/ seasons/ its/ 24.5 hours/ and
_________________________________________________________________________________
8. fastest/ of/ to/ the Sun/ the planets/ Mercury/ orbit/ is/ the/ all
_________________________________________________________________________________
9. other/ life/ on/ Do/ planets/ you/ intelligent/ exists/ think?
_________________________________________________________________________________
10. if/ me/ what/I/ asked/ would/ She/ do/I/ a UFO/ saw
_________________________________________________________________________________
II. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one.
1. Mars lacks oxygen to support human life, so it is unsuitable for human.
 Mars is
2. ‘Can NASA prove that there is life on a moon of Jupiter?’
 He asked
3. The student wanted to know how long it took to get to red planet.
 The student asked, ‘’
4. Is The Martian one of his science fiction books?
 Is The Martian a?
5. The heavy snow made it impossible for the plane to take off on time.
 The heavy snow prevented
6. ‘What time will you visit the space museum tomorrow?’
 My parents asked
7. It’s possible that Lucy isn’t at home now.
 Lucy might
8. The rover was exploring the surface of Mars when a dust storm buried it.
 While
9. ‘We are meeting Tony at 8 o’clock tonight.’
 She said that
10. Sam told me that he was very stressed then because of the final test the following week.
 Sam said to me, ‘’
TEST FOR UNIT 12
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from that of the others
1. a. accommodate b. adventure c. alien d. appropriate
2. a. UFO b. Jupiter c. Neptune d. future
3. a. saucer b. crew c. Mercury d. accommodate
4. a. climate b. sighting c. might d. aliens
5. a. breathe b. earth c. sea d. meaningful
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern.
1. a. surface b. UFO c. alien d. weightless
2. a. temperature b. Jupiter c. Mercury d. adventure
3. a. atmosphere b. powerful c. condition d. astronaut
4. a. imaginary b. possibility c. particular d. behaviour
5. a. similarly b. discovery c. accommodate d. unsuitable
III. Complete each sentence with a suitable word.
1. Trang asked __________________ people would live on Mars in the next 20 years.
2. __________________ is the furthest planet from the sun.
3. Earth is the only __________________ in the solar system that has life.
4. The European space Agency launched a __________________ carrying a spacecraft destined for
Jupiter.
5. Vostok 1 was the first __________________ to carry a human, Yuri A. Gagarin, into space.
6. The Sun is just one of more than 200 billion stars in the Milky Way __________________.
7. He wanted to know __________________ humans couldn’t live on Mercury or Venus.
8. I always enjoy looking at Jupiter through my __________________.
9. People imagine Earth-like planets and __________________ creatures living on them.
10.Asteroids, also known as “minor planets”, are numerous in the __________________ space.
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. Venus is very similar ________ Earth in terms of size and surface gravity.
a. with b. to c. from d. of
2. There’s no water on Mars even though scientists have found traces ________ it.
a. on b. with c. for d. of
3. Scientists discovered earth-sized exoplanets that could be potentially ________ for life.
a. habitable b. available c. unsuitable d. possible
4. What happens if the spaceship ________ on the way to Mars?
a. stands for b. turns up c. breaks down d. takes over
5. Blue stars are by far the biggest and brightest stars in the ________.
a. galaxy b. trace c. planet d. gravity
6. When do you think the first human ________ walk on the surface of Mars?
a. must b. should c. would d. might
7. When you look up at the moon, do you ever wonder ________ it would be like to live there?
a. whether b. what c. why d. that
8. I asked Tim ________ in UFOs and aliens.
a. whether he believe b. that did he believe
c. if he believed d. what he believed
9. She wanted to know if I was going to meet Judy at the station ________.
a. a day before b. tomorrow c. the previous day d. the following day
10. ‘Do you think aliens really exist on other planets?’ - ‘________ Scientists have not yet been able to
find evidence of life on any other planet.’
a. I’m sure about it. b. I don’t like aliens. c. I doubt it. d. I don’t think about it.
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. When will humans be able to travel from one planet to other easily?
A. be able to B. one planet C. other D. easily
2. In 2001, at least 15 people, include two police officers saw UFOs in New Jersey.
A. at least B. include C. saw D. in
3. He wanted to know why didn’t I believe there was intelligent life on other planets.
A. wanted to know B. didn’t I C. was D. on
4. Scientists believe that several billion years ago Mars was very similarity to Earth.
A. believe that B. billion C. was D. similarity
5. Because it is so close from the sun, Mercury is hard to study from Earth.
A. Because B. so C. from D. from
6. We asked our teacher whether he can postpone the exam until the next Monday.
A. whether B. can C. postpone D. the next Monday
7. Mars is widely considered to be the most promised planet for life in our solar system.
A. widely B. to be C. promised D. in
8. Scientists discovered that there were many crater on the surface of the Moon.
A. discovered B. were C. crater D. the Moon
9. Some people believe that UFOs are actual vehicles from other planets, flown by alien visitors.
A. believe B. actual C. from D. flown
10. Many people are wondering where life exists on other planets and moons.
A. are wondering B. where C. exists D. and moons
VI. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. In 1947 pilot Kenneth Arnold _________________ (spot) nine shiny, unidentified flying objects
flying past Mount Rainier.
2. I wondered if a giant asteroid _________________ (hit) Earth in the future.
3. Sue asked her teacher how long it _________________ (take) to travel to Mars.
4. Almost the same as Earth, a day on Mars _________________ (have) 24 hours, 39 minutes and 35
seconds.
5. Nick phoned me and said two black silent UFOs _________________ (hover) above his back garden
then.
6. Captain Ray Bowyer gained clear views of two UFOs when he _________________ (fly) in the
English Channel.
7. NASA is planning _________________ (launch) two new scientific missions to Venus.
8. What _________________ (happen) if we discovered a message from an alien planet?
9. They managed to stop the commander from _________________ (destroy) Earth.
10. NASA hope they _________________ (be) able to send people to Mars by 2030.
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. The Saturn V is the largest and the most _________________ rocket ever made. (power)
2. How long ago did humans first _________________ the Earth? (habitable)
3. Astronomer Clyde Tombaugh made the remarkable _________________ of Pluto in 1930.
(discover)
4. Venus is _________________ for life because its atmosphere is too dense and hot. (suit)
5. Mars is a focal point of modern space _________________. (explore)
6. Do you believe in the _________________ of extraterrestrial aliens? (exist)
7. _________________ are still trying to understand how stars and galaxies formed in the early
universe. (science)
8. NASA’s rover will collect _________________ samples of Mars rock and soil that could be brought
back to Earth in the future. (promise)
9. Scientists discovered that Mars had some _________________ to Earth. (similar)
10. They hope the telescope will help them find a _________________ habitable exoplanet. (possible)
VIII. Match the questions to the answers.
1. Why do scientists want to find another habitable 1. In 1947.
planet?
2. Will we be able to find any signs of life on other 2. 140 million miles.
planets?
3. What are needed for life to exist on other planet? 3. I hope we will.
4. Which planet is the most habitable besides Earth? 4. It’s Mars.
5. When did the first UFO sighting occur? 5. Because it seems that our planet
can’t cope with overpopulation.
6. Do you believe that extraterrestrial life exists? 6. Liquid water, right temperatures and
atmosphere.
7. Who was the first person to walk on the moon? 7. Neil Alden Armstrong.
8. How far is it from Earth to Mars? 8. I’ll believe it when I see it.
IX. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
ARE THERE ANY ALIENS OUT THERE?
For years we Earthlings have wondered (1) _____________ we are alone in the universe or
we’ve got company in the shape of aliens. People have claimed to have met aliens, seen UFOs and
some people even say they’ve been abducted by extraterrestrials. But what do we really know about
them - if they (2) _____________ at all?
Ever since we realised there (3) _____________ be something out there, our imaginations
have created thousands of bizarre creatures. But at the moment no one knows what an alien might
look like. Even if we do ever come (4) _____________ aliens in space, most scientists agree they
probably won’t look like little green men. (5) _____________ aliens exists, experts reckon they’re
probably very small and look something like a bug.
 Over the years thousands of people have been (6) _____________ that we Earthlings have
been visited by aliens from other civilisations. But there’s one problem with this - the number of
aliens (7) _____________ discovered is zero. There are lots of photos and films of apparent (8)
_____________ but most have a logical explanation like aeroplanes and military exercises. Or they’re
hoaxes!
- extraterrestrial (n): sinh vật ngoài hành tinh
- civilisation (n): nền văn minh
1. a. when b. where c. whether d. whereas
2. a. exist b. happen c. live d. survive
3. a. can b. must c. may d. might
4. a. over b. through c. across d. along
5. a. Although b. If c. Because d. Since
6. a. convinced b. satisfied c. affected d. consulted
7. a. absolutely b. mainly c. immediately d. actually
8. a. visions b. sightings c. signs d. signals
X. Read the passage carefully, then do the tasks.
How many planets are there in our galaxy? That’s a tricky question to answer. Are there other
planets that support life? That’s exactly what the Kepler mission hopes to discover.
NASA launched the Kepler space telescope, designed to find habitable planets, in 2009. So far
it has discovered five new Earth-sized planets beyond our solar system. These planets are hotter than
the Earth - much too hot for life as we know it. The Kepler team predict that they will need at least
three years to find an Earth-like planet.
The simplest requirement for a planet to have life is for there to be liquid water so the
distance from the planet’s sun and therefore temperature are important. There also needs to be the
correct amount of air. If a planet is as small as Mars (half the size of Earth) its weak gravity means that
it can’t hold on to air molecules. If a planet is Neptune sized (four times bigger than Earth) it has very
strong gravity and too much air. So size matters too.
The cost of the mission is approximately six hundred million dollars. It is scheduled to observe
until 2013 but this could be extended. Will we be sad if we discover we are alone in our galaxy or
happy if we find that we share it with other life forms?
A. Match the bold words or phrases in the text with their definitions.
1. with no other people _____________
2. the force that attracts objects towards each other _____________
3. difficult _____________
4. suitable for people to live in _____________
5. close to but not exactly _____________
6. outside _____________
7. not less than _____________
B. Choose the correct answers.
1. What is the passage about?
a. Planets in our solar system
b. The difference between Earth and other planets
c. Space exploration to find habitable planets
d. NASA’s missions to explore the outer planets
2. The Kepler space telescope is looking for _____________.
a. new planets in our galaxy b. life on other planets
c. liquid water on other planets d. Earth-sized planets in the solar system
3. Kepler has found five planets that _____________ .
a. has water and air b. are similar to Earth
c. are not too far away from the Earth d. are not in our solar system
4. The Kepler team predict that they will need _____________ to find an Earth-like plane t.
a. three years and possibly longer b. as much as three years
c. no more than three years d. approximately three years
5. What are the primary factors that make a planet habitable?
a. Liquid water and living things b. Size and distance from the Sun
c. Hot temperature and weak gravity d. Strong gravity and too much air
6. How much does the Kepler mission cost?
a. Exactly $600 million b. About $600 million
c. More than S600 million d. Less than $600 million
7. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
a. The planet can support life if it has water and air.
b. A very small planet will not have enough air.
c. Earth is four times as big as Neptune.
d. Kepler mission is scheduled to end in 2013.
XI. Change the following sentences into indirect speech or vice versa.
1. Candy asked me if I liked reading astronomy books.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. ‘I’ll let you know if I have any more problems,’ Carol told her father.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. The professor told us that the Moon was more than 380,000 km from the Earth.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. ‘When will NASA’s Perseverence Rover return to Earth?’ Mark wanted to know.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. Daniel asked me if I was going to see lunar eclipse the following day.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. The astronauts said that they were looking forward to the space mission that year.
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. ‘Can you help me with this tricky math question?’ Tim asked his sister.
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. ‘NASA is sending a helicopter to Mars next year,’ NASA’s administrator said.
___________________________________________________________________________________
9. They wondered where on Mars humans might first land.
___________________________________________________________________________________
10. ‘Is Voyager 2 the only spacecraft ever to fly by Neptune and Uranus?’ Sam asked.
___________________________________________________________________________________
TEST YOURSELF 4
I. Choose the word whose underlined port is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. USA b. useful c. UFO d. unidentified
2. a. lifestyle b. reality c. galaxy d. system
3. a. breakdown b. space c. alien d. measure
4. a. though b. thoughtful c. robot d. hopeful
5. a. wireless b. witness c. powerless d. weightless
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern.
1. a. connection b. internet c. inventor d. technique
2. a. positive b. meaningful c. enormous d. benefit
3. a. possibility b. Impossible c. unidentified d. technological
4. a. telepathy b. experienced c. unfortunate d. scientific
5. a. Vietnamese b. astronaut c. scientist d. poisonous
III. Complete the sentence with an appropriate word. The first letter is given.
1. H_________________ is the field of creating three-dimensional images with light.
2. Khanh learns Korean through o_________________ classes on YouTube.
3. Tim Berners-Lee is best known as the i_________________ of the World Wide Web.
4. Some of the most popular s_________________ media websites include Facebook, YouTube,
Instagram, Twitter, and Snapchat.
5. Voyager 2 is still the only s_________________ to visit Neptune and Uranus.
6. Jupiter is by far the largest p_________________ in our solar system.
7. Planets weigh different amounts, so their force of g_________________ is different.
8. Teens often use e_________________ to express their emotions and feelings in the text messages.
9. D_________________ communication is the use of online tools like email, social media, etc. to
communicate.
10. The planets in our solar system are divided into two groups - the inner planets and the
o_________________ planets.
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. NASA sent Perseverence Rover to Mars _______ July 30, 2020.
a. on b. in c. at d. until
2. While still a small child, John was very fond _______ creating new things.
a. with b. at c. of d. for
3. Do you support or _______ the idea of living on Mars?
a. agree b. complain c. believe d. oppose
4. One day, we’ll be able to send thoughts to each other directly using _______ technology.
a. video conference b. social media c. telepathy d. holography
5. Impact _______ are formed when an asteroid or comet collides with the Moon’s surface.
a. craters b. holes c. rockets d. creatures
6. James Watt thought that his steam engine _______ animal power.
a. will replace b. would replace c. was replacing d. replaces
7. _______ its proximity to the Sun, Mercury is not the hottest planet in our solar system.
a. Due to b. Since c. Even though d. Despite
8. How do you know Susan and Anne? Are you a classmate of?
a. them b. their c. theirs d. they
9. Scientists wonder _______ extraterrestrials visited Earth in the past.
a. that b. if c. what d. where
10. ‘I believe that somewhere out in the universe, there are other forms of life.’ - ‘_______’
a. Why not? b. Absolutely not! c. Me neither. d. So do I.
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. Scientists said that we may find evidence for life beyond Earth within the next decades.
A. that B. may find C. for life D. within
2. Jeremy said that he was reading a book about the Milky Way Galaxy now.
A. was reading B. about C. the D. now
3. The Earth is much closest to the Sun than it is to Jupiter.
A. much B. closest to C. than D. it is to
4. Today’s teenagers use technology to stay in touch to friends at all times.
A. Today’s teenagers B. to stay C. to friends D. at all times
5. Andrew reported that he saw an UFO silently flying through the sky.
A. reported that B. saw C. an UFO D. silently flying
6. People who are deaf often communicate to each other in sign language.
A. who B. deaf C. communicate to D. in
7. A recent study found that 50% of teens feel that they are addicted on their devices.
A. A recent B. found that C. feel that D. addicted to
8. Scientists are looking for another planet accommodate our increasing population.
A. looking for B. another planet C. accommodate D. increasing population
9. Like Earth, Mars has seasons, polar ice caps, volcanoes, canyons, and it has weather.
A. Like Earth B. has C. polar ice caps D. it has weather
10. Many people wonder what flying cars will ever take off.
A. wonder B. what C. will D. take off
VI. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Exoplanets _____________ (be) planets that exist outside our Solar System.
2. She asked her teacher if scientists _____________ (find) water on Mars soon.
3. In 1876, at the age of 29, Alexander Graham Bell _____________ (invent) his telephone.
4. What _____________ (you/ do) at 9 a.m. yesterday? ~ I _____________ (study) online.
5. Carol told me she _____________ (fly) to Nha Trang the next day.
6. NASA’s rover _____________ (search) for signs of liquid water on Mars at present.
7. Mark and Judy _____________ (see) a flying saucer when they(walk) in the park.
8. What _____________ (happen) if we _____________ (not take) care of the environment?
9. NASA planned _____________ (send) a helicopter to Mars in July of 2020.
10. It’s possible we may not _____________ (be) alone even in our own solar system.
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Australian _________________ have developed a technology that could make all plastic recyclable.
(science)
2. Astronomers have discovered a ________________ system containing at least five planets. (planet)
3. Japanese people are very _________________. They are fond of creating things. (invent)
4. Please press your finger on this fingerprint _________________ for checking attendance. (scan)
5. Because of its extremely cold temperatures, Titan is completely _________________ for terrestrial
life. (suit)
6. I really doubt anyone could live on Mars cause of _________________ living conditions there.
(appropriate)
7. Apple uses facial _________________ for unlocking iPhones through a feature called “Face ID.”
(recognise)
8. It’s quite clear that the electric car is _________________ possible. (technique)
9. The idea of people with _________________ powers frightens me a little. (telepathy)
10. The new cars will be energy efficient and _________________ friendly. (environment)
VIII. Match the questions to the answers.
1. Is this your new smartwatch? a. For eight years.
2. How do you communicate with others? b. Because its atmosphere is mostly carbon
dioxide, its surface is too cold, and its gravity is a
mere 38% of Earth’s.
3. Where may we live in 50 years’ time? c. I doubt it.
4. Will robots replace humans in the future of d. The phonograph, light bulb, and the motion
work? picture.
5. What are Thomas Edison’s most famous e. Yes. They will replace humans for many jobs.
inventions?
6. Do you think we can find water on Mars? f. No, it’s not mine.
7. How long did the spacecraft Galileo orbit g. Maybe on Mars or Venus.
Jupiter?
8. Why can’t we live on Mars these days? We can use both our words and our gestures.
IX. Put an appropriate word in each gap to complete the passage.
SPACE EXPLORATION
Space exploration is sending people or machines into (1) __________ to visit other planets and
objects in space. Mankind has dreamed (2) __________ visiting the stars for hundreds of years, but it
wasn’t until 1969 that the first person walked on the Moon.
Since the first person walked on the Moon, hundreds of satellites have been launched into
orbit around the (3) __________, and hundreds of people have been into space on lots of different
types of spacecraft. We have also sent machines to investigate objects that are further (4)
__________ in the Solar System. Voyager I and Voyager II, launched in 1977, have almost reached the
edge of the Solar System and will soon be exploring deep space. They have travelled further from
Earth than any other (5) __________ made by man. They visited Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and
Pluto on their journey through the Solar System.
Apart from the Moon, the most popular place to send unmanned space expeditions is to (6)
__________. Since the year 2000, there have been 10 unmanned expeditions to Mars. Some scientists
think that creatures may have lived on Mars millions of years ago, (7) __________ Mars was warmer
and had more air - NASA sent the rover Curiosity to Mars in 2012 to look for evidence of (8)
__________. They haven’t found it yet, but they are going to keep on looking!
X. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
Many teens think they are addicted to cell phones, and they (1) __________ act like it. In one
study, teens aged fifteen to nineteen describe themselves as addicted to their phones, and in another,
30 percent say they’re (2) __________ when they can’t use it. Cell phone use, like drugs and alcohol,
may act on the reward centers of the brain. When the brain gets its perceived reward - whether it’s
heroin, chocolate, (3) __________ the fun of texting two thousand times a month on average - it
wants a do-over, again and again and again. Suddenly, a behavior is born.
Psychologists who have studied cell phone use, particularly texting, by teens, report that it is
(4) __________ to anxiety, behavioral problems, distraction in school, repetitive stress injury, and
sleep deprivation. In Russia, scientists and government officials have advised that anyone under the
age of eighteen (5) __________ not use a cell phone. In France, there’s a (6) __________ against
marketing mobile phones to young children.
Parents of (7) __________ preteens and adolescents need to set and enforce rules for teen
cell phone use. Don’t be afraid to ground any child’s cell phone use - by taking it away for a day or two
(8) __________ he or she ignores reasonable rules!
1. a. possibly b. mainly c. certainly d. specially
2. a. depressed b. impressed c. delighted d. worried
3. a. rather b. and c. but d. or
4. a. leading b. resulting c. causing d. bringing
5. a. might b. should c. will d. can
6. a. method b. plan c. order d. ban
7. a. either b. only c. both d. neither
8. a. whether b. if c. when d. whereas
XI. Read the passage carefully, then do the tasks.
Scientists say it could take at least 1,500 years before humans make contact with species of
aliens, or for them to communicate with or find US. Astronomers from Cornell University in the USA
combined two existing theories about the possibility of life existing on other planets to form a new
equation. One of these theories is the Fermi Paradox described by physicist Enrico Fermi in 1950. This
states that while billions of Earth-like planets exist in our galaxy, not one has made contact with Earth
yet. The other is the principle, which suggests that because there is life on Earth, it will typically exist
on Earth-like planets throughout the universe.
“We haven’t heard from aliens yet, as space is a big place, but that doesn’t mean no one is out
there,” study author and Cornell astronomy student Evan Solomonides said. According to
Solomonides, extraterrestrials could have received signals from Earth. However, he suggests that ET
would not have been able to decode them. He said they would need to decode the light waves into
sounds and analyse 3,000 human languages to understand any messages. He said that signals from
Earth have only reached about 8,500 stars and that the Milky Way galaxy alone contains 200 billion
stars. He added: “If we stop listening or looking, we may miss the signals, so we should keep looking.”
A. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ___ Scientists say humans are unlikely to hear from aliens for at least 1,500 years.
2. ___ Cornell astronomers examined 20 different theories on whether aliens exist.
3. ___ One theory that was looked at was from a physicist.
4. ___ Another theory said there is life on Earth so there will be on other planets.
5. ___ Solomonides said aliens couldn’t receive signals from Earth as space is a big place.
6. ___ He said aliens would need to decode 3,000 languages to understand human message.
7. ___ So far Earth’s broadcast signals have reached around 8,500 stars.
8. ___ The researcher suggested we stop looking for alien life.
B. Answer the questions.
1. How many years might it be before we make contact with aliens?
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. What university are the researchers from?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. When did the Italian physicist Enrico Fermi describe his theory?
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. Who is Evan Solomonides?
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. What did Evan Solomonides say about space?
___________________________________________________________________________________
6. What will extraterrestrials need to do to understand human messages?
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. What contains 200 billion stars?
___________________________________________________________________________________
XII. Choose the correct answer a, b, c, or d to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to the
sentence given.
1. NASA owns this modern spaceship.
a. NASA’s spaceship is modern.
b. One of NASA’s spaceship is modern.
c. This modern spaceship belongs to NASA.
d. A spaceship of NASA’s is modern.
2. In the end they managed to land on the surface of the moon.
a. In the end, landing on the surface of the moon is their success.
b. In the end they succeeded in landing on the surface of the moon.
c. Landing on the surface of the moon was what they managed in the end.
d. They failed to land on the surface of the moon in the end.
3. Teens like texting better than talking face to face.
a. Teens have no interest in texting, but talking face to face.
b. Teens are more fond of talking face to face than texting.
c. Texting is better than talking face to face.
d. Teens prefer texting to talking face to face.
4. Is this one of their environmentally friendly products?
a. Is this an environmentally friendly product of theirs?
b. re all the environmentally friendly products theirs?
c. Do they own the environmentally friendly products?
d. Does the environmentally friendly product belong with them?
5. "Will we have flying cars by 2025?’ Tim wanted to know.
a. Tim wants to know whether they would have flying cars by 2025.
b. Tim wants to know if we will have flying cars by 2025.
c. Tim wanted to know whether they would have flying cars by 2025.
d. Tim wanted to know if they will have flying cars by 2025.
XIII. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one. Use the word
given.
1. ‘Scientists are still searching for extraterrestrial life on other planets,’ the teacher said to us. (told)
___________________________________________________________________________________
2. Eating in weightless conditions isn’t easy. (it’s)
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. Maybe aliens will invade the Earth in the future. (might)
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. Jupiter’s moon Europa is cold and the ice on the surface is probably as hard as rock. (so).
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. The atmosphere of Mars is very thin and we can’t breathe it. (too)
___________________________________________________________________________________